Prime Elements Machine Design

Mechanical Engineering (University of Rizal System)

Studocu is not sponsored or endorsed by any college or university

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)
 A. drilling machine
B. boring machine
ELEMENTS 01 C. milling machine
1. Heating above the transformation D. broaching machine
range, usually 1300oF to 1350oF, and 7. A machine tool use to form metal
cooling slowly to soften the metal parts by removing metal from a work
and increase in machining piece
A. annealing By the use of a revolving cutter with
B. hardening many teeth each tooths having a
C. normalizing cutting edge which removes its
D. tempering share of the stock.
2. Heating above the transformation A. drilling machine
temperature and quenching usually B. boring machine
in oil, for the purpose of increasing C. milling machine
the hardness D. broaching machine
A. annealing 8. A machine tool used to sharpen or
B. hardening shape tools by using an abrasive
C. normalizing wheel.
PRIME ELEMENTS 3.
D. tempering
Reheating to temperature below the
A. tool grinder
B. shaper
MACHINE DESIGN II transformation range, followed by
any desired rate of cooling to attain
C. planer
D. power saw
the desired properties of the metal. 9. A machine tool used to enlarge a
A. annealing hole by means of an adjustable
B. hardening cutting tool with only one cutting
C. normalizing edge.
D. stress relieving A. drilling machine
4. Heating to subcritical temperature, B. boring machine
about 1100oF to 1300oF and holding C. milling machine
at that temperature for a suitable D. broaching machine
time for the purpose of reducing 10. A machine tool used to cut metal by
internal residual stresses. parts of light, medium, and large
A. annealing sections using a reciprocating
B. hardening hacksaw blade.
C. normalizing A. tool grinder
D. stress relieving B. shaper
5. Heating some 100oF above the C. planer
transformation range with D. power saw
subsequent cooling to below that 11. A machine tool used to machine flat
range in still air at room temperature or plane surfaces with a single point
to produce uniform structure of the cutting tool.
metal. A. tool grinder
A. annealing B. shaper
B. hardening C. planer
C. normalizing D. power saw
D. tempering 12. A machine tool used for production
6. A machine tool used for producing or flat surfaces on pieces too large
holes in metal by the use of cutting or too heavy to hold in a shaper.
tool called drill. A. tool grinder
1

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. shaper A. milling machine B. plasticity
C. planer B. broaching machine C. malleability
D. power saw C. lathe machine D. elasticity
13. A machine tool used to finish D. boring machine 26. The shop term used to include the
internal or external surfaces such as 20. A metal turning machine in which marking of inscribing of center
holes or keyways by the use of a the work while revolving on a points, circle, arcs, or straight line
cutter called broach, which has a horizontal axis is acted upon by a upon metal surfaces, either curved
series of cutting edges or teeth. cutting tool which is made to move or flat, for the guidance of the
A. drilling machine slowly (feed) in a direction more or worker
B. boring machine less parallel to the axis of the work A. shaping
C. milling machine (longitudinal feed) B. hobbing
D. broaching machine A. milling machine C. laying out
14. An alloy of copper and tin B. broaching machine D. shaping
A. brass C. lathe machine 27. An operation of sizing and finishing a
B. bronze D. boring machine hole by means of a cutting tool
C. iron 21. A machine tool used in the having several cutting edges
D. tin production of flat surfaces on pieces A. notching
15. An alloy of copper and zinc too large or too heavy or perhaps B. piercing
A. brass too awkward to hold in a shaper C. turning
B. bronze A. shaper D. reaming
C. iron B. planer 28. The operation of making a cone
D. tin C. tool grinder shaped enlargement of the end of a
16. The process of forming metal parts D. power saw hole, as for a recess for a flat head
by the use of dies after the metal is 22. It consist of shaping a piece by screw
heated to its plastic range bringing it into contact with a A. countersinking
A. rolling rotating abrasive wheel B. MOMENT OF INERTIA
B. forging A. drilling C. squaring
C. turning B. boring D. perforating
D. casting C. grinding 29. The operation of enlarging a hole by
17. The process of forming a metal parts D. broaching means of an adjustable cutting tool
by the use of a powerful pressure 23. A tool used in measuring diameters with only one cutting edge
from a hammer or press to obtain A. caliper A. drilling
the desired shape after the metal B. nanometer B. broaching
has been heated to its plastic range C. tachometer C. grinding
A. rolling D. pyrometer D. boring
B. forging 24. Used to true align machine tools, 30. An imaginary circle passing through
C. turning fixtures, and works, to test and the points at which the teeth of the
D. casting inspect trueness of finished work, meshing gears contact each other
18. A manganese steel containing and too compare measurement A. pitch circle
approximately 0.20% carbon either heights or depths or many B. addendum circle
A. SAE 1320 other measurement C. deddendum circle
B. SAE 1230 A. dial gauge D. base circle
C. SAE 2340 B. dial indicator 31. A type of bolt for use in bolting
D. SAE 4230 C. tachometer wooden parts together or wood to
19. A machine tool in which metal D. speedometer metal,. It has a portion of shank just
removed by means of a revolving 25. The ability of the metal to be underneath a round head, which is
cutter with many teeth, each tooth deformed considerably without designed to keep the bolt from
having a cutting edge which remove rupture turning in the wood when the nut t
its share of the shock A. ductility tightened
2

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. u-bolt 38. A kind of gear to transmit motion B. backslash
B. carriage bolt from one shaft to another shaft at C. flank
C. eye bolt an angle to the first D. width
D. stud bolt A. bevel gear 45. A mechanism which usually do the
32. The number of teeth per inch of B. worm gear indexing in a machine tool
pitch diameter and which gives C. helical gear A. slotter
some indications of the gear teeth D. spiral gear B. chuck
A. module 39. The uniform heating of steel above C. dividing head
B. pitch circle the usual hardening temperatures, D. indexer
C. diametral pitch followed by cooling freely in air 46. A material that can wear away a
D. circular pitch A. annealing substance softer than itself
33. The distance from the center of one B. normalizing A. phenol
tooth of a gear the center of the C. hardening B. abrasive
next consecutive tooth measured of D. tempering C. tungsten
the pitch 40. The operation of cooling a heated D. chromium
A. circular pitch piece of work rapidly by dipping it in 47. A cylindrical bar of steel with threads
B. module water, brine or oil formed around it and grooves or
C. diametral pitch A. quenching flutes running lengthwise in it,
D. pitch circle B. tempering intersecting with the threads to form
34. The portion of the gear tooth that C. normalizing cutting edges. It is used to cut
projects above or outside the pitch D. annealing internal threads
circle 41. A method in softening a piece of A. groove
A. top relief metal that is too hard to machine B. lap
B. deddendum and is done by heating steel slowly C. tap
C. addendum above the usual hardening D. flute
D. tooth space 48. A set of gages consisting of thin
temperature keeping it at the heat
35. The portion of the gear tooth space strips of metal of various thickness
for ½ to 2 hours then cooling slowly,
that is cut below the pitch circle and mounted in a steel case or holder
preferably in a furnace
is equal to the addendum plus the A. broaching and is widely used for measuring
clearance B. quenching and checking clearances
A. top root C. normalizing A. feeler gage
B. deddendum D. annealing B. depth gage
C. addendum 42. The total permissible variation in C. line center gage
D. top land D. lay-out gage
the size of a dimension the
36. When meshed with a gear it is used 49. A machine tool which is very similar
difference between the limits of size
to change rotary motion to A. allowance to a shaper except that the ram
reciprocating motion B. tolerance reciprocates vertically rather than
A. gear shaft C. variance horizontally
B. gear tooth D. interference A. Lathe
C. gear rack 43. The operation of machining the end B. Grinder
D. gear motor of a work piece to make the end C. Planer
37. A kind of gears for heavy duty D. Slotter
square with the axis
works where a large ratio of speed is 50. A machine tool principally to
A. squaring
required and are extensively used in B. buffing machine flat or plane surfaces with
speed reducers C. lapping single-point cutting tool
A. bevel gear D. honing A. Grinder
B. worm gear 44. The clearance between the tooth B. Shaper
C. helical gear profiles of a gear tooth C. Planer
D. spiral gear A. toothspace D. Turret machi

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

51. A kind of bolts which has no head 57. A gripping device with two or more C. Soldering
an instead has threads on both ends adjustable jaws radially D. Brazing
A. Stud bolts A. Chuck 64. Fusion process of metal by means is
B. Acme threaded bolts B. Carriage heated into a state of fusion
C. Square threaded bolts C. Tailstock permitting it to flow together into a
D. Hex bolts D. Fan solid joint
52. A kind of chuck which has a 58. Steel Balls for ball bearings are A. Electric arc welding
reversible jaws which could be manufactured by B. Gas welding
adjusted separately A. Turning C. Spot welding
A. Collet chuck B. Rolling 65. Joining metal by means of high
B. Independent chuck C. Casting current at low voltage. During the
C. Four jaw chuck D. Cold heading passage of current, pressure by the
53. A tool which when pressed into 59. Addendum of a cycloidal gear tooth electrodes produces a forge weld
finished hole in a piece of work, A. Cycloid A. Spot welding
provides centers on which the piece B. Epicycloids B. Resistance welding
may be turned or otherwise C. Straight rack C. Steam welding
machined D. Involutes D. Gas welding
A. Mash 60. In a lathe, it comprises the main 66. A device for accurately measuring
B. Butt spindle, the necessary mechanism diameters
C. Mandrel for obtaining the various spindle A. Radiometer
D. Wobble speed and also certain gears which B. Profilometer
54. A kind of chuck which should not are used to operate the quick C. Spectrometer
used where extreme accuracy is change gear mechanism D. Micrometer
required A. Headstock 67. A group of thin steel strips for
A. Collet chuck B. Carriage measuring clearances
B. Magnetic chuck C. Tailstock A. Distortion gage
C. Four jaw chuck D. Fan B. Feeler gage
D. Universal chuck 61. The process of heating a piece of C. Line center gage
55. The process of checking or steel to a temperature within or D. Deflection gage
producing checkers on the surface of above critical range and cooling 68. A hand tool used to measure engine
a piece by rolling checkered rapidly crank web deflection
depression into the surface A. Normalizing A. Distortion gage
A. Knurling B. Hardening B. Feeler gage
B. Hemming C. Annealing C. Line center gage
C. Breading D. Tempering D. Deflection gage
D. Embossing 62. Welding operation in which a non- 69. A hand tool used to measure tension
56. Its fits the main spindle of a lathe ferrous filler metal melts at a on bolts
and is so called because its acts as a temperature below that of the metal A. Indexer
bearing surface on which the work joined but is heated above 450oC B. Torque wrench
rest. It revolves with the work. When A. Gas welding C. Torsionmeter
compared with the hardness of the B. Spot welding D. Tensionmeter
dead center in the tailstock, is C. Brazing 70. The permissible variation in the size
usually soft, and is so made since it D. Steam welding of a dimension the difference
does not work 63. Uniting two pieces of metal by between the limits of size
A. Ram center means of a different metal which A. Allowance
B. Spindle center applied between the two in molten B. Variance
C. Live center state C. Clearance
D. Bearing center A. Casting D. Tolerance
B. Welding
4

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

71. A gear with teeth on the outer C. Drilling machine 86. A stainless steel is obtained
cylindrical surface D. Milling machine principally by the use of the
A. Outer gear 79. It is used principally to machine flat following alloying element
B. External gear or plane surfaces with single point A. Chromium
C. Spiral gear tool B. Tungsten
D. Helical gear A. Drill C. Carbon
72. The diameter of a circle coinciding B. Shaper D. Phenol
with the top of the teeth of an C. Planer 87. One of the following is not a
internal gear D. Grinder common term relating to the
A. Pitch diameter 80. Cutting a hole by means of rotating classification of fits
B. Root diameter tool or the work may revolve and to A. Tunking
C. Internal diameter the tool remain fixed as in the lathe B. Snug
D. Central diameter A. Piecing C. Medium force fit
73. A circle coinciding with a tangent B. Notching D. Bound
to the bottom of the tooth space C. Boring 88. Hearing bone Gears are gears which
A. Root circle D. Perforating A. Do not operate on parallel shaft
B. Pitch circle 81. One of the following is not a tap B. Have a line contact between
C. Addendum circle used for cutting threads in holes teeth
D. Deddendum circle A. Tapping tap C. Consist of two left handed helical
74. The total depth of a tooth space, B. Plug tap gears
equal to addendum plus deddendum C. Taper tap D. Tend to produce thrust on the
A. Full depth D. Bottoming tap shafts
B. Working depth 82. An index or dividing head 89. Internal stresses existing in a welded
C. Whole depth A. A part of drill press connection
D. Deddendum B. Used to rotate work A. Are not relieved when the
75. The depth of tooth space below the C. Not used to cut helixes weld is peened
pitch circle D. Always manually operated B. Are not relieved by heat
A. Deddendum 83. Galvanized iron is a term referring to treatment
B. Working depth iron coated with C. May be relieved when the weld
C. Full depth A. Tin is peened
D. Tooth depth B. Zinc D. Are relieved by x-ray analysis
76. The of gear to each mm C. Magnesium 90. In general the design stress and
pitch diameter D. Aluminum factor of safety are related as follows
A. Diametral pitch 84. The moment of inertia of a rectangle A. Design stress=ultimate stress
B. Module whose base is “b” and height “h” times factor of safety
C. Circular pitch about its base is B. Design stress=ultimate
D. English module A. bh3/12 stress divided by factor of
77. A machine tool in which abrasive B. bh/46 safety
wheel is used as cutting tool obtain C. bh3/3 C. Design stress=design stress
a very smooth finish D. bh2/4 divided by factor of safety
A. Drill 85. In usual spur gearing D. Design stress= factor of safety
B. Grinder A. The pitch circle and the base divided by design stress
C. Planer are the same 91. A group of thin steel strips for
D. Shaper B. Working depth includes the measuring clearance
78. It is used to produce a variety of clearance A. Depth cut
surfaces by using a circular type C. Tooth outline are usually B. Feeler gage
cutter with multiple teeth involute curves C. Lay-out gage
A. Grinding machine D. Tooth outline are always D. Clearance gage
B. Shaper cycloidal curves
5

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

92. A hand tool used to measure tension C. Quenching A. 6mm
on bolts D. Normalizing B. 8mm
A. Indexer 100. A machine tool used to C. 4mm
B. Torsion meter machine flat surfaces D. 10mm
C. Torque wrench A. Shaper 7. The common deoxidizer and
D. Tension meter B. Planer cleanser of steel, forming oxides and
93. A material that can wear away a C. Grinder sulfates that are carried off in the
substance softer than itself D. Lathe slag.
A. Abrasive
B. Corrosive ELEMENTS 02 A. Manganese
1. A machine tool in which an abrasive B. Carbon
C. Tungsten C. Tungsten
D. Alloy wheel is used a cutting to obtain a
very smooth finish. D. Sulfur
94. The material used in high speed 8. A highly transparent and exceeding
processes A. planer
B. shaper hard crystalline stone of almost pure
A. High speed steel carbon.
B. Chromium C. power saw
D. grinder A. Gold
C. Cast iron B. Diamond
D. Carbon steel 2. It is used to produce a variety of
surfaces by using a circular type C. Bronze
95. An alloy of copper and zinc D. Crystalline
A. Chromium cutter with a multiple teeth.
A. milling machine 9. A fine grained, salty silica rock used
B. Bronze for sharpening edge tools.
C. Brass B. broaching machine
C. beading machine A. Eutectoid
D. Aluminum B. Austenite
96. An alloy of copper, tin, and small D. hemming machine
3. A heavy rotating body which serves C. Oilstone
amount of phosphorous D. Pearlite
A. Chromium as reservoir for absorbing and
redisturbing kinetic energy. 10. An amorphous solid made by using
B. Bronze silica with a basic oxide.
C. Brass A. Shaft
B. Governor A. Pearlite
D. Aluminum B. Rock
97. The process of working metals by C. Flywheel
D. Puncher C. Silicon
the application of sudden blows or D. Glass
by steady pressure 4. A kind of gear used for heavy duty
works where a large ratio of speed is 11. A soft yellow metal, known since
A. Welding ancient times a precious metal
B. Extrusion required and is extensively used in
speed reducers. which values are based.
C. Forging A. Solidus
D. Swaging A. Helical gear
B. Worm gear B. Bronze
98. A welding operation in which a non- C. Gold
ferrous filler metal melts at a C. Bevel gear
D. Spiral gear D. Austenite
temperature below that of the metal 12. The operation of cooling a heated
joined but is heated above 450oC 5. A kind of gear used to transmit
motion from one shaft to another piece of work rapidly by dropping it
A. Brazing in water, brine or oil.
B. Spot welding shaft at angle to the first.
A. Helical gear A. Normalizing
C. Gas welding B. Quenching
D. Projection welding B. Worm gear
C. Bevel gear C. Annealing
99. The operation of cooling a heated D. Squeezing
piece of work rapidly by dipping it in D. Spiral gear
6. The minimum thickness to steel 13. A device used to prevent leakage of
water, brine, or oil media.
A. Tempering members exposed to weather and
accessible for painting is: A. Seal
B. Annealing B. Packing
6

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. Teflon trace of any permanent set 27. A kind of gear used to transmit
D. Graphite remaining upon a complete motion from one shaft to another
14. A welding operation in which a non- withdrawal of the stress. shaft at an angle to the first.
ferrous filler metal melts at a A. Ultimate limit A. Spiral gear
temperature below that of the metal B. Proportional limit B. Worm gear
joined but is heated above 450oC. C. Endurance limit C. Helical gear
A. Arc welding D. Elastic limit D. Bevel gear
B. Brazing 21. The total permissible variation in the 28. Which of the following is not a
C. Spot welding size of a dimension; the difference classification of iron ore?
D. Butt welding between the limits of the size. A. Hematite
15. The process of working metals by A. Deformation B. Magnetite
the application of sudden blows r by B. Variance C. Sulfurite
a steady pressure. C. Tolerance D. Siderite
A. Trimming D. Allowance 29. Which of the following metals will
B. Welding 22. Fluid film desired between two respond to heat treatment?
C. Forging surfaces having relative sliding A. Cast iron
D. Lancing motion. B. Medium carbon steel
16. The process of producing a variety of A. Lube oil C. Wrought iron
surface by using a circular type B. Lubrication D. Low carbon steel
cutter with multiple teeth. C. Graphite 30. Which of the following is a non-
A. Piercing D. Grease magnetic?
B. Cutting 23. Flexible materials used to seal A. Cast iron
C. Embossing pressurized fluids, normally under B. Alloy steel
D. Milling dynamic conditions. C. Cast steel
17. The softening of meals by heat A. Packing D. Manganese steel
treatment and most commonly B. Teflon 31. The ability of metal to withstand
consists of heating the metals up to C. Seals without breaking down is:
near molten state cooling them very D. Safety shield A. Stress
slowly. 24. A total resistance that a material B. Strength
A. Quenching offers to an applied load. C. Strain
B. Tempering A. Flexure D. Elasticity
C. Annealing B. Stress 32. A machining operation whereby the
D. Forming C. Elasticity tool reciprocates and the feed is
18. The maximum stress induced in a D. Rigidly stationary is called:
material when subjected to 25. A property of material which relates A. Shaping
alternating or repeated loading the lateral strains to the longitudinal B. Reaming
without causing failure. strain. C. Planning
A. Elastic limit A. Rigidity D. Turning
B. Proportional limit B. Elasticity 33. Any material that retards the flow of
C. Rupture strength C. Poisson’s ratio electricity used to prevent passage
D. Endurance limit D. Deflection or escape of electric current from
19. The total deformation measured in 26. A kind of gear used for heavy duty conductors.
the direction of the line of stress. works where a large ratio of speed is A. Insulators
A. Axial deformation required and is extensively used in B. Bricks
B. Elongation speed reducers.] C. Ceramics
C. Strain A. Spiral gear D. Refractories
D. Unit stress B. Bevel gear 34. A metallic element and the only
20. The maximum stress to which a C. Worm gear metal that is liquid at ordinary
material can be subjected without a D. Helical gear temperature.
7

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. Austenite C. Sulfurite 48. The operation of cooling heated
B. Mercury D. Siderite piece of work rapid by dropping it in
C. Manganese 42. Of the following metals, which will water, brine or oil.
D. Martensite respond to heat treatment? A. Quenching
35. An alloy of cooper and zinc. A. Cast iron B. Tempering
A. Aluminum B. Wrought iron C. Annealing
B. Bronze C. Medium iron D. Normalizing
C. Brass D. Low carbon iron 49. A machine tool in which an abrasive
D. Nickel 43. Materials, usually ceramics, wheel is used as a cutting tool to
36. Usually a copper- tin alloy is: employed where resistance to very obtain a very degree of accuracy
A. Aluminum high temperature is required, as for and a smooth finish on metal parts,
B. Nickel furnace lining and metal melting including soft and hardened steel.
C. Brass pots. A. Grinding machine
D. Bronze A. Refractories B. Broaching machine
37. A tool with hardened points used for B. Gaskets C. Milling machine
scribing circles or laying of C. Insulators D. Boring machine
distances. D. Safety shield 50. A machine tool used principally to
A. Trammel 44. The softening of metals by heat machine flat or place surfaces with a
B. Caliper treatment and most commonly single point cutting tool.
C. Divider consists of heating the metals up to A. Shaper
D. Micrometer B. Planer
near molten state and then cooling
38. Name of mechanism which a C. Grinder
them very slowly.
welding operator holds during gas A. Annealing D. Broaching machine
welding and at the end of which the B. Hardening 51. A tool used for measuring diameters.
gases are burned to perform the C. Normalizing A. Micrometer
various gas welding operations. D. Tempering B. Tachometer
A. Mash 45. The process of producing of variety C. Pyrometer
B. Core of surfaces by using a circular type D. Caliper
C. Wobble cutter with multiple teeth. 52. The total permissible variation in the
D. Torch A. Milling size of a dimension; the difference
39. The maximum stress to which a B. Drilling between the limits of the size.
material may be subjected before C. Broaching A. Tolerance
failure occurs. D. Boring B. Fits
A. Rupture stress 46. The process of working metals by C. Allowance
B. Yield stress the application of sudden blows or D. Clearance
C. Ultimate stress 53. The maximum stress to which a
by steady pressure.
D. Allowable stress A. Rolling material can be subjected without a
40. The maximum stress induced in a B. Forging trace of any permanent set
material when subjected to alternate C. Castling remaining upon a complete
or repeated loading without causing D. Turning withdrawal of the stress.
failure. 47. A welding operation in which a non- A. Ultimate stress
A. Yield point ferrous filler metal melts at a B. Rupture stress
B. Ultimate point temperature below that of the metal C. Elastic limit
C. Endurance point D. Proportional limit
joined but is heated 450oC.
D. Proportional point 54. Fluid film desired between two
A. Spot welding
41. Which of the following is not a B. Gas welding surfaces having relative sliding
classification of iron ore? C. Brazing motion.
A. Hematite D. Arc welding A. Lubrication
B. Magnetic B. Seal
8

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. Packing D. Reaming 69. The motor power in kW of a punch
D. Safety shield 62. A machining operation whereby the press, 50.8 mm hole diameter, 25.4
55. A total deformation measured in the tool reciprocates and the feed is mm thickness, for soft steel is:
direction of the line of stress. stationary. A. 15kW
A. Stress A. Reaming B. 21 kW
B. Strain B. Planning C. 7.5 kW
C. Endurance limit C. Shaping D. 30 kW
D. Poisson’s ratio D. Turning 70. The range of motor power in kW of a
56. A kind of gear for heavy duty works 63. Which of the following metals is easy cylindrical grinding machine 600 x
where a large ratio of speed is to chisel? 50 mm wheel size, 2,400 to 4, 200
required and is extensively used in A. Alloy steel mm center distance is:
speed reducers. B. Stainless steel A. 11 to 15 kW
A. Worm gear C. Manganese steel B. 16 to 21 kW
B. Spiral gear D. Cast iron steel C. 7.5 kW
C. Helical gear 64. Ferrous metals contain relatively D. 22 to 30 kW
D. Bevel gear large amount of: 71. The motor power in kW of a forming
57. A kind of gear used to transmit A. Carbon r bending machine 1600 mm width,
motion from one shaft to another B. Manganese 508 mm head movement is:
shaft at an angle to the first. C. Phosphorous A. 7.5 kW
A. Worm gear D. Sulfur B. 11 kW
B. Spiral gear 65. Which of the following is not a C. 15 kW
C. Helical gear strength property of metals? D. 22 kW
D. Bevel gear A. Tensile strength 72. The range of motor power in kW of
58. The area of a machine shop where B. Rocking strength an Engine lathe machine, average
metal is being melted to form a new C. Fatigue strength service 1000 mm to 13000 mm
shape is: D. Torsional strength swing.
A. Welding area 66. Which of the following is not a kind A. 11 to 15 kW
B. Mass production area of mandrel? B. 7.5 to 10 kW
C. Foundry area A. Expansion mandrel C. 16 to 21 kW
D. Tool and die B. Contraction mandrel D. 22 to 30 kW
59. A machine used in shaping metal by C. Taper mandrel 73. A machine which can flatten
means of abrasive wheel or removal D. Gang mandrel surfaces on a horizontal, vertical or
metals with an abrasive is called: 67. Which of the following is not a part angular plane.
A. Planer of lathe machine? A. Shaper
B. Power saw A. Tailstock B. Planer
C. Shaper B. Headstock C. Power saw
D. Grinding machine C. Carriage D. Tool grinder
60. The ability of materials or metal to D. Fan 74. The ability of metal to withstand
resist being crushed is: 68. The range of motors power in kW of forces thus following a number of
A. Compressive strength a universal milling machine, max twists.
B. Fatigue strength feed movement 1270 mm A. Shear strength
C. Torsional strength lengthwise, 355 mm lateral, and 508 B. Bearing strength
D. Bending strength mm vertical is: C. Endurance limit
61. A machining operation whereby the A. 11 to 15 kW D. Deformation
tool rotates while the feed is B. 16 to 21 kW 75. A property of material which relates
stationary. C. 7.5 to 10 kW the lateral strain to the longitudinal
A. Shaping D. 22 to 30 kW strain.
B. Milling A. Stress
C. Turning B. Modulus of elasticity
9

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. Poisson’s ratio alternating repeated loading without C. shaver
D. Deformation causing failure. D. sensor
76. A total resistance that a material A. ultimate strength 91. Ratio of pitch diameter to the
offers to an applied load. B. yield strength number of teeth.
A. Friction force C. endurance strength A. diametrical pitch
B. Stress D. rupture strength B. module
C. Rigidity 84. Fluid film desired between two C. contact ratio
D. Compressive force surfaces having relatively sliding D. helical overlap
77. A total deformation measured in the motion. 92. A circle the radius of which is equal
direction of the line of stress. A. lube oil to the distance from the gear axis to
A. Strain B. graphite the pitch point.
B. Elasticity C. packing A. pitch circle
C. Elongation D. lubrication B. root circle
D. Contraction 85. The ability of material to withstand C. base circle
78. An alloy of copper and zinc. loads without breaking down D. outside circle
A. Aluminum A. Strength 93. A circle coinciding with a tangent to
B. Brass B. Elasticity the bottom of the tooth spaces.
C. Bronze C. Rigidity A. pitch circle
D. Chromium 86. Materials usually ceramics, B. root circle
79. A metallic element of copper-tin employed where resistance to very C. base circle
alloy. high temperature is required as D. outside circle
A. Aluminum furnace lining and metal melting 94. The method of cold working by
B. Brass pots. compression.
C. Bronze A. Insulators A. Broaching
D. Chromium B. Gaskets B. Lapping
80. A metallic element and only metal C. Packing C. Piercing
that is liquid at ordinary D. Refractories D. Reaming
temperature. 87. An allying element used principally 95. A machine tool used finish internal
A. Aluminum to produce stainless steel. and external surfaces by the use of
B. Mercury A. aluminum cutter called a broach, which has a
C. Zirconium B. brass series of cutting edges or teeth.
D. Zinc C. bronze A. lathe machine
81. Any material that retard the flow of D. chromium B. broaching machine
electricity, used to prevent passage 88. A coating material used to produce C. planer
or escape of electric current from galvanized iron. D. shaper
conductors. A. Zirconium 96. A cutting tool which is made to move
A. Refractory B. Zinc slowly while acting on the work
B. Ceramics C. Aluminum which is revolving on a horizontal
C. Coating materials D. Chromium axis.
D. Insulation 89. A group of thin steel strips used for A. lathe machine
82. The maximum stress to which a measuring clearance. B. broaching machine
material may be subjected before A. feeler gage C. planer
failure occurs. B. tachometer D. shaper
A. rupture strength C. micrometer 97. A machine tool used to produce a
B. ultimate strength D. caliper variety of surfaces by using circular
C. yield strength 90. A hand tool used to measure tension type cutter with multiple teeth.
D. proportional limit in bolts. A. lathe machine
83. The maximum stress induced in a A. torque wrench B. milling machine
material when subjected to B. tachometer C. broaching machine
10

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 D. grinding machine B. Turning A. Planer machine
98. Used in the production of flat C. Forging B. Power saw
surfaces on pieces too large or too D. Rolling C. Shaper machine
heavy to hold in a shaper. 5. The operation of cooling a heated D. Grinding machine
A. Planer piece of work rapidly by dipping it 12. Which of the following is not a part
B. Shaper water, brine or oil of lathe machine?
C. Grinder A. Quenching A. Tailstock
D. Shaver B. Annealing B. Fan
99. Used to machine flat or curved C. Tempering C. Carriage
surfaces with a tool which moves in D. Normalizing D. headstock
a reciprocating motion. 6. The softening of metals by heat 13. Which of the following is easy to
A. planer treatment and most commonly chisel?
B. shaper consists of heating the metal up to A. Cast iron
C. grinder near molten state and then cooling it B. Alloy steel
D. lathe very slowly. C. Cast steel
100. Which of the following A. Annealing D. Manganese steel
materials that can wear away a B. Indexing 14. A machining operation whereby the
substance softer than itself C. Knurling tool reciprocates and the feed is
A. Abrasive D. Soldering stationary is called:
B. Tungsten 7. A fluid film desired between surfaces A. Shaping
C. Carbon relative sliding motion. B. Reaming
D. corrosive A. Lube oil C. Planning
ELEMENTS 03 B. Lubrication D. Turning
1. A tool with hardened steel points C. Grease 15. Which of the following is not a kind
used for scribing or lying of D. Graphite of mandrel?
distances. 8. A kind of gear used to transmit A. Expansion mandrel
A. Plain scriber motion from one shaft to another B. Taper mandrel
B. divider shaft at an angle to the first. C. Contraction mandrel
C. a trammel A. Worm gear D. Foundry mandrel
D. hermaphrodite B. Bevel gear 16. The area of the machine shop where
2. A machine tool used principally to C. Helical gear the metal is being melted to form a
machine flat or plane surfaces with a D. Spur gear new shape.
single pointed tool. 9. The principal material used in high A. Welding area
A. Shaper production metal working tools. B. Mass production area
B. Planer A. Hyper- Eutectoid C. Foundry area
C. Drill B. High speed steel D. Tool and die area
D. Power saw C. Lead 17. Which of the following is not used to
3. A machine tool in which an abrasive D. High speed carbon temper steel?
wheel is used as cutting tool to 10. A heavy rotating body which serves A. Brine salt bath
obtained a very smooth finish. as a reservoir for absorbing and B. Oil bath
A. Broaching machine redistributing kinetic energy. C. Water bath
B. Planer A. Flywheel D. Steam bath
C. Tool grinder B. governor 18. Which of the following is not a kind
D. Milling machine C. shaft of cast iron?
4. The process of working metals by D. puncher A. Malleable iron
the application of sudden blows or 11. A machine used in shaping metal by B. Head iron
by steady pressure. means of an abrasive wheel or the C. Gray iron
A. Casting removal of metals with an abrasive D. White iron
is called:
11

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

19. The kind of center which is being B. Fusion A. Strain
attached and meshed to the C. Boiling B. Elasticity
tailstock spindle which is also static D. Superheating C. Stress
while the work is rotating: 27. Special metal formed when to or D. Resilience
A. Dead center more metals are melted together. 34. The deformation that results from a
B. Live center A. Monel stress and is expressed in terms of
C. Focal center B. Alloy the amount of deformation per inch.
D. Work center C. Solder A. Elongation
20. Which of the following is not part of D. Hastalloy B. Strain
the headstock? 28. The ability of a moving body to C. Poisson’ s ratio
A. Spindle perform work. D. Elasticity
B. Anvil A. Internal energy 35. The ability of the material to return
C. Back gear B. Potential energy to its original shape after being
D. Motor C. Kinetic energy elongated or distorted when the
21. Which process does not belong to D. Flow work forces are released.
the group? 29. Hardening the surface of iron- based A. Elasticity
A. Vise grip alloys by heating them below the B. Brittleness
B. Adjustable wrench melting point in contact with a C. Plasticity
C. Torque wrench carbonaceous substance. D. Creep
D. Feeler gage A. Carburizing 36. The last point at which a material
22. Which does not belong to the group? B. Normalizing may be stretched and still return to
A. Resistance welding C. Mar tempering its unreformed condition upon
B. Soldering D. Hardening release of the stress.
C. Hardening 30. Any materials that retard the flow A. Rupture limit
D. Brazing electricity used to prevent or B. Elastic limit
23. Substances having sufficient carbon escaped of electric current from C. Proportional limit
and /or hydrogen for chemical conductors. D. Ultimate limit
oxidation to produce exothermally, A. Bricks 37. The ratio of stress to strain within
worthwhile quantities of heat. B. Insulators the elastic limit.
A. Lubrication C. Refractories A. Creep
B. Graphite D. Ceramics B. Modulus of rigidity
C. Grease 31. Material, usually ceramics, employed C. Modulus of elasticity
D. Fuels where resistance to very high D. Poisson’s ratio
24. A device that measures atmospheric temperature is required, as for 38. The ability of a metal to withstand
pressure. furnace linings and metal melting forces that causes a member to
A. Piezometer pots. twist.
B. Hydrometer A. Bricks A. Shear strength
C. Barometer B. Insulators B. Tensile strength
D. Odometer C. Refractories C. Bearing strength
25. The mass of the body per unit of D. ceramics D. Torsional strength
volume. 32. A device used to prevent leakage of 39. The ability of a material to resist
A. Volume flow rate media. being crushed.
B. Density A. Packing A. Tensile strength
C. Weight B. Safety shield B. Shearing strength
D. Mass C. Gasket C. Compressive strength
26. Subjecting a substance to a high D. Seals D. Torsion
temperature below the fusion point, 33. The internal resistance a material 40. The ability of metal to stretch, bend
usually to make it friable. offers to being deformed and is or twist without breaking or
A. Calcinations measured in terms of applied load. cracking.
12

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. Elasticity A. Light blue D. Depends on heat treatment
B. Ductility B. Brown 56. In order to realize the advantage of
C. Brittleness C. White fluid friction, it is essential to have:
D. plasticity D. Light orange A. No oil film
41. The property of a material which 49. For high speed application the B. Converging oil film
resist forces action to pull the minimum number of teeth in small C. Diverging oil film
material apart. sprocket should be: D. Parallel oil film in bearing
A. Shear strength A. 18 to 24 57. Zero axial thrust is experienced in:
B. Tensile strength B. 26 to 30 A. Herringbone gears
C. Compressive strength C. 14 to 18 B. Helical gears
D. Bearing strength D. 24 to 28 C. Bevel gears
42. The property of steel which resist 50. The good deoxidizer in steel melting D. Worm gears
indention or penetration. is: 58. The maximum size of the fillet weld
A. Hardness A. Manganese that can be made in single pass is:
B. Elasticity B. Aluminum A. 3mm.
C. Ductility C. Silicon B. 6mm.
D. None of these D. All of these C. 7mm.
43. In the color coding of pipe, the color 51. In majority of machine members, the D. 4mm.
for a pipeline of air is: dumping capacity of the material 59. Muntz metal contains:
A. Light blue should be: A. Copper-aluminum
B. Light orange A. Zero B. Copper-tin
C. White B. High C. Copper- nickel
D. Green C. Low D. Copper-zinc
44. In the color coding of pipe, the color D. Anything 60. Steel balls for bearings are
for a pipeline of water is: 52. For moderate speed for mating manufactured by:
A. Light blue gears, the ideal ratio of contact is: A. Cold- heading
B. Green A. 1.35- 1.55 B. Casting
C. Brown B. 1.0- 1.3 C. Rolling
D. Silver grey C. 1.25- 1.45 D. turning
45. In the color coding of pipe, the color D. 1.25- 4.0 61. In general, alloys with high nickel
for a pipeline of steam is: 53. The diameter of the screw thread is content retain toughness to quite
A. Light orange same as: low temperature up to:
B. White A. Pitch diameter A. -250 F ̊
C. Silver grey B. Minor diameter B. -360 F ̊
D. Light blue C. Major diameter
46. The color for a pipeline of electricity C. -320 F ̊
D. Base diameter D. -240°F
in the color coding of pipe is: 54. For high corrosion resistant stainless
A. Light orange 62. Manganese steel standard
steel, what maximum chromium designation is SAE .
B. White content is required?
C. Silver grey A. 8XXX
A. 8.0% B. 10XX
D. Light blue B. 4.5%
47. In the color coding of pipe, the color C. 12XX
C. 1.5% D. 13XX
for a pipeline of communication is: D. 8.5%
A. Light blue 63. A Babbitt is:
55. At quite low temperatures (say- 75 A. A cutectic of iron and iron
B. White deg. C) the notched bar impact
C. Brown phosphide
value of steel. B. A gadget for measuring
D. Light orange A. Increases significantly
48. The color pipeline of fuel oil in the volume
B. Decreases significantly
color coding of pipe is: C. Remain unchanged
13

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. A measure of magnetic 71. Spiral gears are suitable for B. Key
induction produces in a transmitting: C. Bolts
material A. Any power D. Shaft
D. Antimony bearing lead or tin B. Small power 80. A flange coupling is:
alloy C. Huge power A. Used for collinear shafts
64. The minimum thickness of steel D. Pulsating power B. Used for non- collinear
members exposed to weather and 72. The type of cam used for low and shafts
accessible for painting is: moderate speed engines is C. Rigid coupling
A. 4mm. generally: D. Flexible
B. 6mm. A. Flat 81. Universal coupling is:
C. 8mm. B. Involute A. Used for collinear shafts
D. 10mm. C. Tangent B. Used for non- collinear
65. In standard coarse thread bolt, the D. Harmonic shafts
stress concentration is maximum at: 73. Gears for wrist watches are C. Type of flange coupling
A. All over the surface generally manufactured by: D. Rigid coupling
B. Top surface A. Molding 82. In powder metallurgy the process of
C. Root B. Stamping heating the cold pressed metal
D. Flank C. Galvanizing powder is called:
66. Which of the following ropes are D. Honing A. deposition
more flexible? 74. The rated life of a bearing changes: B. granulation
A. 6 to 19 A. Inversely as cube of load C. sintering
B. 6 to 7 B. Directly as load D. precipitation
C. 8 by 19 C. Inversely as square of load 83. Which one is different from the
D. 6 by 37 D. Inversely as load remaining?
67. Tools usually used in wood pattern 75. The best material for brake drum is: A. nitriding
making in foundry shop. A. Cast iron B. cyaniding
A. Band saw B. Steel C. electroplating
B. Saws and chisels C. Aluminum D. flame hardening
C. Knives and drills D. Wrought iron 84. Splines are used when:
D. Grinder 76. An elastic body whose primary A. The power transmitted is low
68. Type of bolt commonly used in the function is to deflect under load. B. The power to be transmitted
construction that is threaded in both A. Spring is high
ends. B. Brake C. Axial relative motion
A. Hex bolt C. Stopper between shafts and hub is
B. Stud bolt D. Clutch necessary
C. Square threaded bolts 77. Belt slip may take place because of: D. Flame hardening
D. Eye bolt A. Loose load 85. Delta iron occurs at temperature of:
69. Cast iron flywheels are commonly B. Heavy belt A. Room temperature
designed with factor of safety of: C. Driving pulley too small B. Above melting point
A. 9 to 12 D. All of the above C. Between 1400˚C and
B. 8 to 11 78. Rankine formula is valid up to 1539˚C
C. 10 to 13 slender ratio of: D. Between 1000˚C and
D. 7 to 10 A. 60 1400˚C
70. Which of the type of chain is used in B. 80 86. The most important element that
motorcycle? C. 120 controls the physical properties of
A. Silent D. 150 steel is:
B. Pintle 79. In flange coupling the weakest A. Carbon
C. Brush roller element should be: B. Silicon
D. Long A. Flange C. Manganese
14

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 D. Tungsten B. Brass 3. What is the range of the tensile
87. The process commonly used for C. Bronze strength of common varieties of cast
thermo-plastic material is: D. Cast iron iron?
A. Die casting 96. Projection welding is: a. 40-60 Mpa
B. Injection molding A. Continuous spot welding b. 150-180 Mpa
C. Shell molding process c. 840-500 Mpa
D. Cold forming B. Used to make mesh d. 1500-1650 Mpa
88. Select the one that has highest C. Multi- spot welding 4. Fatigue failure occurs when a part is
specific gravity: process subjected to:
A. Aluminum D. Used to form a. Compressive stress
B. Lead 97. Least shrinkage allowance is b. tensile stress
C. Brass provided in the case of which of the c. torsional stress
D. High carbon steel following: d. fluctuating stress
89. Age- hardening is related with: A. Cast iron 5. Paramagnetic alpha iron changes to
A. Cast iron B. Aluminum gamma iron at what temperature?
B. Stainless steel C. White cast iron a. 440°C
C. Duralumin D. Brass b. 910°C
D. German silver 98. Dilatometer is used to find out which c. 70°C
90. Foundry crucible is made of: property of molding sand. d. 1639°C
A. German silver A. permeability 6. The diameter of the washer is
B. Lead B. hot strength generally:
C. Mild steel C. fineness a. Equal to the diameter of the bolt
D. Graphite D. moisture content b. Slightly more than the
91. Trimming process is a process 99. Hastalloy contains: diameter of the bolt
associated with: A. Copper c. Slightly less than the diameter of
A. Forging B. Nickel and copper the bolt
B. Machining of metals C. Copper and aluminum d. Of any size that suits the
C. Electroplating D. Nickel and molybdenum application
D. Press work 100. The maximum harden ability of any 7. The compression members tend to
92. A plug gauge is used to measure: steel depends on: buckle in the direction of:
A. Taper bores A. The carbon content a. Axis of load
B. Cylindrical bores B. The chemical composition b. Minimum cross-section
C. Spherical holes C. The grain size c. least radius of gyration
D. Screw threads D. The alloying elements present d. perpendicular to the axis of load
93. In arc welding operations the current
value is decided by: Elements 04 8. A kinematic chain needs a minimum:
1. The hardness of steel increases if it a. 2 links and 2 turning pairs
A. Length of welded portion b. 3 links and turning pairs
B. Voltage across the arc contains:
a. Martensite c. 4 links and 4 turning pairs
C. Size of the electrode d. 3 links and 2 turning pairs
D. Thickness of plate b. Pearlite
c. Austenite 9. Which of the following pairs is
94. The phenomenon of weld decay formed if shaft is revolving in a
takes place in: d. All of the above
2. How do you call steel with 0.8% bearing?
A. Cast iron a. Lower pair
B. Brass carbon and 100% pearlite?
a. Austenite b. turning pair
C. Bronze c. sliding pair
D. Stainless steel b. Solidus
c. hyper-eutectoid d. cylindrical pair
95. Choose the one that will have 10. How many links are there in a
highest cutting speed. d. eutectoid
pantograph?
A. Aluminum a. 3
15

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 b. 4 b. No lubricant d. To connect shaft so that the
c. 5 c. grease as lubricant driven shaft will rotate with the
d. 6 d. water as lubricant driving shaft and to disconnect
11. A pantograph is a mechanism 18. Which of the following could be the them at all
having: effect of cold working? 24. The height of tooth above the pitch
a. Lower pairs a. Increases the fatigue circle or the radial distance between
b. rolling pairs strength pitch circle and top land of the tooth.
c. spherical pairs b. Decreases the fatigue strength a. Addendum
d. higher pairs c. Has no influence on fatigue b. Deddendum
12. Which of the following describes the strength c. top root
“slip” in belt drive? d. None of these d. top land
a. Loss in power 19. In testing a material for endurance 25. How do you call the distance of the
b. Difference between the angular strength, it is subjected to: tooth which is equal to the sum of
velocities of two pulley a. Completely reversed load the addendum and deddendum?
c. Difference between linear speed b. Static load a. Full depth
of the rim c. impact load b. working depth
d. Difference between the d. dynamic load c. whole depth
linear speed of the rim of 20. Coaxing is the procedure of d. pitch
pulley and the on it increasing: 26. Which of the following stresses that
13. Which of the following is the a. Metal strength is independent of loads?
orientation of the axes of the two b. Metal hardness by surface a. Shear stress
shafts in cross helical worm? treatment b. residual stress
a. Parallel c. Metal resistance to corrosion by c. design stress
b. Non-parallel coating d. yield stress
c. Intersecting d. Fatigue limit by overstressing 27. Which of the following is not used to
d. non-parallel and non- the metal by successively resemble the shape of tool bit?
intersecting increasing loadings a. Thread cutting
14. In case of gears the addendum is 21. Up to what percent thickness of b. center cutting
given by: plate, edge preparation for welding c. square nose
a. One module is not needed? d. round nose
b. 2.16 x module a. 2 mm 28. What is the recommended best
c. 1.57 x module b. 4 mm cutting angle of drill for work on
d. 1.25 / module c. 8 mm steel or cast iron?
15. How do you call a cam where in the d. 12 mm a. 39 degrees
follower reciprocates or oscillates in 22. Arc blow takes place in: b. 49 degrees
a plane parallel to its axis? a. Gas welding c. 59 degrees
a. Circular cam b. Arc welding when straight d. 29 degrees
b. reciprocating cam polarity is used 29. Copper and most of its alloys can be
c. cylindrical cam c. Arc welding when reversed hardened by which of the following?
d. oscillating cam polarity is used a. Cold working
16. How are gears for watches generally d. Welding stainless steel b. Soaking
manufactured? 23. What is the function clutch in the c. Patenting
a. Die casting machine tool? d. case hardening
b. Machining on hobber a. Alignment of drive 30. Types of V-belts to use in a driving
c. power metallurgy process b. Lowering of drive pulley with speed of 360 rpm and
d. stamping c. To insure that two shafts line up transmitting 5 Hp.
17. Rope brake dynamometer uses at high speed a. Type A belts
what? b. type B belts
a. Oil as lubricant c. type C belts
16

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 d. type D belts 38. If the first digit in AISI and SAE c. an irregular curve
31. Which of the following is not an designations is one (1), then, it d. a sudden break
angle measuring device? indicates what? 45. In case of a knuckle joint, the pin is
a. Bevel protector a. Carbon steel most likely to fail in:
b. Sine bar b. Nickel steel a. Shear
c. combination square c. molybdenum steel b. Tension
d. angle iron d. chromium steels c. Compression
32. The mould for casting ferrous 39. Which of the following where the d. double shear
materials in continuous casting gear tooth vernier is used to 46. A single ply leather belt running at a
process is made of what material? measure? belt velocity of 300 ft/min is likely to
a. Copper a. Module transmit per inch of width:
b. Medium carbon steel b. Gear tooth profile a. 2.5 Hp
c. high carbon steel c. gear tooth thickness of gear b. 3.0 Hp
d. low carbon steel tooth c. 4.0 Hp
33. Clutch slippage while clutch is d. pitch line thickness of gear tooth d. 5.0 Hp
engaged is especially noticeable: 40. A cold chisel is made of what? 47. At what temperature range where
a. During idling a. Mild steel ferromagnetic alpha iron exists?
b. A low speed b. German silver a. Below 723°C
c. during acceleration c. high carbon steel b. 700-910°C
d. during braking d. cast iron c. 1000-1440°C
34. In general, to engage securely and 41. It is the ability of a material to d. above 1539°C
prevent dragging, what is the absorb energy when deformed 48. How do you call a body having
clearance between release bearing elastically and return it when identical properties all over?
and release collar in the clutch? unloaded. a. Heterogeneous
a. 2-3 mm A. Creep b. Homogeneous
b. 4-5 mm B. fatigue strength c. Elastic
c. 6-7 mm C. resilience d. Ductile
d. 8-9 mm D. toughness 49. How is the material described if it
35. Piston compression rings are made 42. Which of the following cams where recovers its original dimensions
of what material? the follower reciprocates or when the load is removed?
a. Steel oscillates in a plane parallel to the a. Elastic
b. Bronze axis of rotation? b. Plastic
c. Aluminum a. Cam curves c. Brittle
d. cast iron b. radial cam d. Malleable
36. What is the usual value of helix c. cylindrical cam 50. What is the percentage of carbon in
angle of a drill? d. tangential cam Eutectoid steel?
a. 120 degrees 43. Which of the following cams where a. .02%
b. 110 degrees the follower reciprocates or b. 0.30%
c. 60 degrees oscillates in a plane perpendicular c. 0.63%
d. 30 degrees its axis of rotation? d. 0.80%
37. What is meant by drossing? a. Tangential cam 51. The presence of sulphur in pig iron
a. A method of cleaning the casting b. cam curves makes:
b. An inspection method for casting c. radial cam a. The casting unsound
c. A method of deoxidation of d. cylindrical cam b. It brittle
molten metal 44. During tensile test, which of the c. it hard
d. The formation of oxides on the following stress-strain curve(s) fits d. it is easy machinable
molten metal surface for a glass rod? 52. What is the effect of alloying zinc to
a. A straight line copper?
b. A parabola a. Increases hardness
17

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 b. Impart free-machining a. 0 c. strength of the column
c. Improve hardness and strength b. 5 d. All of the above
d. Increases strength and c. 7 66. At what temperature those Gamma
ductility (if added up to 10- d. 9 irons exist?
30%) 60. Which of the following will best a. Between 910°C and 1400°C
53. The imperfection in the crystal describe sunken key? b. Between 1400°C and 1539°C
structure of metal is: a. The keyway is helical along shaft c. Near melting point
a. Impurity b. The keyway is cut in shaft only d. Room temperature
b. fracture slip c. The keyway is cut in hub only 67. The behavior of metals where in
c. slip d. The key is cut in both shaft and strength of a material is increased
d. dislocation hub and the ductility is decreased on
54. When is the pressure release in 61. Which of the following where turn heating at a relatively low
resistance welding? buckle has? temperature after cold working is
a. After the weld cools a. Left hand threads on one end called:
b. During heating period and right hand threads on a. Clustering
c. After completion of current other end b. Twinning
d. Just at the time of passing the b. Right hand threads on both ends c. screw dislocation
current c. Left hand threads on both ends d. strain aging
55. If t is the thickness of sheet to be d. No threads 68. Which of the following statement(s)
spot welded, then electrode tip 62. Which of the following is the best is correct in “carbon steel castings”?
diameter is equal to . process for butt welding of two a. the percentage of carbon is
a. t2 plates each of which is 25 mm thick? less than 1.7%
b. 2 sq rt. of t a. Electro slag welding b. the percentage of carbon is
c. sq. rt. of t b. Gas welding between 1.7% to 2%
d. 1.5 sq. rt. of 1 c. submerge arc welding c. the percentage for alloying
56. A twist drill specified by which of the d. steam welding elements is controlled
following? 63. Which of the following statement(s) d. none of the above
a. Its shank and diameter is correct for an oil less bearing: 69. Aluminum alloys for pressure die
b. Shank, material and flute size a. The oil film is maintained by casting:
c. its diameter and lip angle supplying oil under pressure a. Must not be free from hot
d. shank, material and b. The oil film pressure is produced shortness
diameter
only by rotation of the journal b. Must have iron as one of the
57. Which of the following is used to
c. Do not need external supply of constitutions
measure the clearance between the lubricant c. Must not posses
value and tappet of an automobile d. Grease is needed to be applied considerable fluidity
engine? after some intervals d. Must be light
a. Shape gauge
64. The working load P for a chain for 70. Which of the following is the
b. slip gauge
crane applications is expressed in maximum in 18-4-1 high speed
c. feeler gauge
terms of diameter of link “d” in cm steel?
d. vernier scale
as follows. a. Tungsten
58. Speedometer drive is generally
a. P=1.5d2 b. Chromium
taken from:
b. P=25d2 c. Argon
a. Gear box
c. P=50d2 d. iron
b. fan belt
d. P=500d2 71. Super conductors:
c. flywheel
65. The column splice is used for a. Exist at temperature below
d. front wheel
increasing: 10K
59. What is the usual percentage of cut
a. Cross-sectional area of the b. Are the dense metals without
on the return stroke of hacksaw
column voids
blade?
b. Length of the column c. Are non-metallic substances
18

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 d. Are the purest forms of metals d. rammer 87. Which of the following metals is non-
72. When large number of components 79. Which of the following does not have magnetic?
ate turned and parted off from a bar, to be lubricated when drilling? a. Cast iron
the chuck generally used is: A. Brass b. alloy steel
a. Two jaw chuck B. Steel c. cast steel
b. Four jaw chuck C. Monel d. manganese steel
c. collet chuck D. mild steel 88. A machining operation whereby the
d. magnetic chuck 80. The tool used in precision work to tool reciprocated and the feed is
73. Cutting speed for some materials smooth or enlarge holes is called a: stationary.
are as under which one of the a. Round out a. Planning
following could be cutting speed for b. drift pin b. Shaping
brass? c. reamer c. Turning
a. 30 m/min d. protractor d. reaming
b. 40 m/min 81. When measuring a drill for size, 89. Which of the following is not a tap
c. 80 m/min measure across the: used for cutting threads in holes?
d. 50 m/min a. Margins a. Tapping tap
74. If V is the volume of metal in casting b. Flutes b. plug tap
and A is its surface area, then the c. Shank c. tapper tap
time of solidification will be d. point d. bottoming tap
proportional to: 82. How do you call the tool used for 90. Herring bone gears are gears which:
a. V2 , 1/A cleaning files? a. Do not operate on parallel shafts
b. 1/V2 , A2 a. File cleaner b. Have a line contact between the
c. V , 1/A2 b. file card teeth
d. V2 , 1/A2 c. file oilstone c. Consists of two left handed
75. The draft allowance on metallic d. scraper helical gears
pattern as compared to wooden 83. The melting point of Babbitt is d. Tend to produce thrust on the
ones is: approximately: shafts
a. More a. 1000°F 91. Which of the following statements is
b. Same b. 650°F true for the internal stresses existing
c. Less c. 750°F in a welded connection?
d. more or less depending on size d. 500°F a. Internal stresses are not relieved
76. Arc metal patterns are used for: 84. How is tubing measured? by heat treatment
a. Precision castings a. Inside diameter b. Internal stresses are not
b. Small castings b. outside diameter relieved when weld is
c. Large castings c. thickness of wall peened
d. Large scale production of d. wire gage c. Internal stresses may be relieved
castings 85. Which of the following metals will when weld is peened
77. What tool is used in foundry for respond to heat treatment? d. Internal stresses are relieved by
repairing the mould? a. Cast iron x-ray analysis
a. Swab b. wrought iron 92. Stainless steel is obtained principally
b. Gagger c. medium carbon steel by the use of which of the alloying
c. Bellows d. low carbon steel elements?
d. rammer 86. the ability of metal to withstand a. Chromium
78. What tool is used in foundry for loads without breaking down is: b. Nickel
smoothening and cleaning out a. stress c. Carbon
depression in the mould? b. strength d. tungsten
a. Swab c. strain 93. Galvanized iron is a term referring to
b. Gagger d. elasticity iron coated with:
c. Bellows
a. Tin
19

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 b. Zinc 99. How do you call the ratio of the b. Spindle
c. Magnesium volumetric strain? c. Motor
d. aluminum a. Modulus in shear d. Back pressure
94. Which of the following is not a b. Stress to strain ratio 7. Which of the following is not used to
common term relating to the c. volumetric ratio temper steel?
classification of fits? d. bulk modulus a. Oil bath
a. Tunking 100. Hearing bone gears are gears which: b. Brine/salt bath
b. Snug a. Do not operate parallel shafts c. Steam bath
c. medium force fit b. Have a line contact between the d. Water bath
d. bound teeth 8. Which of the following is not a kind
95. In usual spur gearing, which of the c. Tend to produce and thrust on of cast iron?
following statement(s) is correct? the shafts a. Gray iron
a. Pitch circles and base circles are d. Consists of two left handed b. White iron
the same helical gears c. Malleable iron
b. Working depth includes the d. Lead iron
clearance ELEMENTS 05
1. The ability of metals to stand loads 9. A machinery operation whereby the
c. Tooth outline are usually tool rotates while the feed is
involute curves without breaking down:
a. Strain stationary.
d. Tooth outline are usually a. Shaping
cycloidal curves b. Stress
c. Elasticity b. Milling
96. In general, the design stress and c. Turning
factor of a\safety are related as d. Strength
2. Which of the following is not a d. Reaming
follows: 10. What process does not belong to the
a. Design stress=ultimate stress classification of iron ore:
a. Siderite group?
times factor of safety a. Brazing
b. Design stress= ultimate b. Hermatite
c. Sulfurite b. Soldering
stress divided by factor of c. Hardening
safety d. Magnetite
3. Ferrous metals contains a relative d. Resistance welding
c. Factor of safety= design stress 11. Which tool does not belong to the
divided by ultimate stress large amount of:
a. Manganese group?
d. Ultimate stress=factor of safety a. Vice grip
divided by design stress b. Carbon
c. Sulfur b. Feeler gage
97. In usual spur gearing, the: c. Torque wrench
a. Pitch circle and base circle are d. Phosphorous
4. Which of the following metal is easy d. Adjustable wrench
the same 12. Which of the following metals is non
b. Working depth includes to chisel?
a. Alloy steel – magnetic?
clearance a. Manganese steel
c. Tooth outline are always b. Manganese steel
c. Stainless steel b. Cast steel
cycloidal curves c. Alloy steel
d. Tooth outline are usually d. Cast iron
5. The ability of material or metal to d. Cast iron
involute curves 13. One important skill that operators of
98. Which of the following is the not the resist being crushed is:
a. Fatigue strength machine tools must have is an
other name of circumferential stress understanding of measurement
b. Bending strength
for thin walled cylinders. which demands:
c. Torsional strength
a. Hoop stress a. Speed
d. Compressive strength
b. girth stress b. Precision
6. Which of the following is not part of
c. tangential stress c. Sociability
the headstock?
d. longitudinal stress d. Neatness
a. Anvil

20

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

14. Which of the following is not part of 21. The space between the adjacent b. Square
a lathe machine? teeth? c. Right triangle
a. Fan a. Tooth d. Rectangle
b. Carriage b. Flank 29. If gears cannot connect parallel
c. Headstock c. Backlash shafts, they are called:
d. Tailstock d. Width a. Cyclodial gears
15. The machine which can flatten 22. An iron has physical properties b. Helical gears
surface on a horizontal, vertical or closely resembling those of mild c. Spur gears
angular plane is: steel: d. Toothed gears
a. Drilling machine a. Malleable cast iron 30. The path traced by a point moving
b. Shaper machine b. Malleable iron at a fixed distance from an axis and
c. Power saw c. White iron with a uniform motion to the axis
d. Lathe machine d. Gray iron and a point moving such a path:
16. Which of the following is not the 23. Gears used to transmit power a. Helical motion
work of a machinist? between shafts axis of which it b. Spherical motion
a. Reboring intersects: c. Translational
b. Overhauling a. Spur gears d. Path of a point
c. Grinding b. Bevel gears 31. The maximum stress which is
d. Boring c. Helical gears reached during a tension test:
17. The area of the machine shop whose d. Straight bevel gears a. Stress
metal is being melted to form a new 24. An important accessories of milling b. Electricity
shape is the: machines: c. Strain
a. Foundry area a. Milling machine vise d. Tensile strength
b. Tool and die b. Cutters 32. The frustums of two cones are used
c. Welding c. Ram in a manner to permit a variation of
d. Mass production are d. Vertical milling attachment velocity ratio between two parallel
18. A machine use in testing steel 25. They are usually the steel or steel shafts:
generally strikes the specimen with casting: a. Evans friction cones
energy from 220 to 255 ft-lb. a. Mild steel b. Bevel cones
a. Izod test b. Carbon steel c. Spherical cones
b. Charpy test c. Fire box steel d. Friction gearing
c. Rockwell test d. Drop-forge-dies 33. Weld – metal impact specimen shall
d. Test blocks 26. The cheapest and the most be taken across the weld with one
19. An iron in which most of the carbon abundant engineering material. face substantially parallel to and
is chemically combined with the a. Aluminum within:
iron: b. Steel a. ¾”
a. Cast iron c. Cast iron b. 1/32”
b. Gray iron d. Babbitt c. ¼”
c. White iron 27. Milling machine accessories are used d. 1/16”
d. Malleable iron to hold milling cutter in the milling 34. A joint between two overlapping
20. Through how many degrees must an machine: members in which the overlapped
involute cam turn in order to raise its a. Spindle-nose tooling edge of one member is welded with
follower 3 inches if the diameter of b. Milling machine vise a fillet weld:
the base circle is 5 inches? c. Vertical milling attachment a. A single welded lock joint
a. 58.7 degrees d. Milling machine arbors b. Double-welded lap joint
b. 180 degrees 28. the size of an equal-leg length fillet c. A single-welded lap joint with
c. 64.4 degrees weld shall be based on the length of backing
d. 68.79 degrees the largest: d. Tack weld
a. Isosceles right triangle
21

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

35. Imparts of reciprocating motion to a of approximately right angles as in d. Tensile strength
single-point cutting tool: lap joint, tee-joint, corner joint: 49. The shearing strain of a block of
a. Dividing head a. Single welded lap joint metal, 3 inches high is subject to a
b. Slotting attachment b. Fillet weld shearing high force which distorts
c. Circular pitch c. Tack weld the top surface through a distance of
d. Circular milling attachment d. Butt weld 0.0036 inch. :
36. The follower reciprocates or 43. A corrosion occurs within or adjacent a. 0.0015 rad.
oscillates in a plane perpendicular to to a crevice formed by contact with b. 0.008 rad.
the axis of rotation of the cam. another piece of the same or c. 0.0010 rad.
a. Redial cam another metal: d. 0.0012 rad.
b. Cylindrical cam a. Pitting 50. Determine the number of teeth in a
c. Cam curves b. Galvanic driver of two spur gears mesh which
d. Tangential cam c. Erosion has a velocity ratio of 0.75. the
37. Strength of a material is that of a d. Crevice driven gear has 36 teeth:
stress intensity determined by 44. Wheels are sometimes used for the a. 50
considering the maximum test load transmission of high power when an b. 46
to act over the original area of the approximately constant velocity c. 26
test specimens: ratio is desired: d. 48
a. Yield point a. Bevel cones 51. Within the elastic limit, the stress is
b. Ultimate strength b. Friction gearing proportional to strain.
c. Breaking strength c. Spur friction wheels a. Hooke’s law
d. Elastic strength d. Evans friction wheels b. Modulus of elasticity
38. The follower reciprocates or 45. Gearing in which motion or power c. Offset ratio
oscillates in a plane parallel to the that is transmitted depends upon d. Buckingham’s principle
axis of the rotation: the friction between the surfaces in 52. The corrosion of iron or iron-base-
a. Cam curves contact: alloys:
b. Cylindrical cam a. Bevel gears a. Rusting
c. Tangential cam b. Spur friction wheels b. Crazing
d. Radial cam c. Evans friction cones c. Chalking
39. A test for pipe used for coiling in d. Friction gearing d. Fritting
sizes 2 inches: 46. A bevel gears of the same size 53. Steel containing large amount of
a. Flaring mounted on a shaft of 90 degrees: mild nickel and chromium:
b. Crush a. Crown gears a. Carbon steel
c. Flange b. Spur gears b. Stainless steel
d. Bend c. Angular gears c. Alloy steel
40. An alloy of tin, copper, antimony, or d. Miter gears d. Cat steel
sometimes lead: 47. A fillet weld whose size is equal to 54. It refers to any layer or deposit of
a. Gold the thickness of the thinner joint extraneous material of the heat-
b. Babbitt member: transfer-surface:
c. Aluminum a. Butt joint a. Low line
d. Cast iron b. Butt weld b. Pressure drop
41. A weld place in a groove between c. Tack weld c. Fouling
two abutting members: d. Full-fillet weld d. Scaling
a. Full-fillet weld 48. The ratio of stress to the 55. The total amount of permanent
b. Tack weld corresponding strain below the extension of the gage length
c. Butt weld proportional limit: measured after the specimen has
d. Fillet weld a. Stress-strain diagram fractured and is expressed as
42. A weld of approximately triangular b. Gage method percentage increase of the original
cross-section that join two surfaces c. Modulus of elasticity gage length:
22

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 a. Elongation 63. The deterioration of organic coating c. 60,000 lb
b. Strain characterized as completely: d. 50,000 lb
c. Stress a. Chalking 70. An oil storage tank roof formed to
d. Elastic limit b. Rusting approximately spherical surfaces,
56. It is used to enable milling machine c. Chocking supported only at its periphery:
to take climb milling cuts: d. Fritting a. Self-supporting umbrella
a. Helical driving mechanism 64. Is a form of correction that develop roof
b. Spindle on a highly localized areas on a b. Self-supporting cone roof
c. Read out metal surfaces: c. Self-supporting
d. Backlash eliminator a. Crevice d. Supported cone roof
57. A weld made to hold the parts of b. Erosion 71. The unit of deformation is called:
weldment in proper alignment until c. Galvanic a. Torsion
the final weld are made: d. Spitting b. Strain
a. Butt weld 65. Test is designed primarily for c. Stress
b. Tack weld application to electric-welded tubing d. Shear
c. Fillet weld for detection of lack of penetration 72. A circle bounding the bottom of the
d. Full-fillet weld or overlaps resulting from flash teeth:
58. The change in length per unit removal in the weld: a. Addendum circle
original length is: a. Butt weld b. Addendum cylinder
a. Strain b. Paste c. Pitch circle
b. Stress c. Lap weld d. Deddendum circle
c. Deformation d. Double butt weld 73. A 3” diameter short shaft carrying 2
d. Elastic modulus 66. Have the same thermal and pulleys close to the bearings
59. The temperature above which the minimum film thickness limitation transmit how much horsepower if
alloy is liquid and will run: bearing. the shaft makes 280 rpm.
a. Melting point a. Ball bearing a. 199 Hp
b. Fow point b. Roller bearing b. 198 Hp
c. Pour point c. Thrust bearing c. 200 Hp
d. Liquids d. Oil bearing d. 210 Hp
60. A cone formed by elements which 67. An oil storage roof formed to 74. A cylindrical tank with 10 in. inside
are perpendicular to the elements of approximately the surface of a right diameter contains oxygen gas at
the pitch cone at the large end: cone, supported only at its 250 psi. Calculate the required wall
a. Cone distance periphery: thickness in (mm) under stress of
b. Back cone a. Self-supporting umbrella roof 28,000 psi.
c. Root cone b. Self-supporting dome roof a. 11.44 mm
d. Cone center c. Supported cone roof b. 11.34 mm
61. The machine used for testing of very d. Self-supporting cone roof c. 10.6 mm
thin steel or surface layers: 68. Test sometimes referred to as an d. 10.3 mm
a. Charpy test upsetting test: 75. The minimum clearance allowed for
b. Izod test a. Bend meshing spur gears with a circular
c. Description test b. Flaring pitch of 0.1571 and diametral pitch
d. Rockwell test c. Flange of 20. The spur gears have 25 teeth.
62. A gear is one in which angle is 90 d. Crush a. 0.007855
degrees that is the pitch cone has 69. What load P which causes a total b. 0.007558
become a plane. deformation of 0.036 inch. Of steel c. 0.008578
a. Crowned gear rock which has a cross-section area d. 0.007585
b. Angular gear of 4 in2 and a length of 6 ft. 76. SAE steel that corresponds to heat
c. Miter gear a. 55,000 lb treatment:
d. Spiral gear b. 40,000 lb a. SAE 1060
23

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 b. SAE 1117 d. 80 to 90 % b. SAE 4320
c. SAE 1030 83. Killed steel is very much associated c. SAE 1030
d. SAE 1020 with: d. SAE 4130
77. Which of the following is the a. Manganese 90. Alloy steel known for its resistance
differential of the shear equation: b. Sulphur to corrosion, abrasion and wear that
a. Bending moment c. Phosphorous is usually ideal for mill grinding of
b. Load of the beam d. Silicon ore in cement and concentrator
c. Tensile strength of the beam 84. Determine the estimated weight of application. It is usually combined
d. Slope of the beam an A-36 steel plate of size ½ x 4 x 8. molybdenum to increase the depth
78. Which of the following materials to a. 280 kg hardening.
be utilized to reduce cost in the b. 332 kg a. Manganese chromium steel
manufacturing of large worm gears? c. 301 kg b. Chromium-molly steel
a. Alloyed aluminum d. 297 kg c. Chorome-nickel-molly steel
b. Bronze rim with cast iron 85. A type of welding whereby a wire or d. Manganese-molly steel
spider powder from the nozzle of a spray 91. Split pulley or pulley made of
c. Cast iron rim with bronze spider gun is fused by a gas plain, arc or separate sections bolted together at
d. All of these plasma jet and the molten particles the rim, the maximum speed should
79. It is hardening treatment whereby a are projected in a form of a spray by be limited to about % of the
cast metal is being heated to a very means of compressed air or gas. maximum speed of solid pulley.
high temperature then suddenly a. Electro-slug building a. 65 to 75 %
subjected to rapid cooling to b. Electro-beam welding b. 45 to 50 %
improve hardenability or wear c. Plasma-arc welding c. 55 to 60 %
resistance is called: d. Metal spray welding d. 80 to 90 %
a. Normalizing 86. Heating of metal above the critical 92. Major component of bronze casting
b. Tempering temperature and then cooling slowly is
c. Annealing usually in the furnace to reduce the a. Copper
d. Quenching hardness and improve the b. Manganese
80. Determine the estimated weight of machinability is called: c. Zinc
an A-36 steel plates size 3/16 x 6’ x a. Normalizing d. Lead
20’. b. Annealing 93. Galvanized steel plate is:
a. 919 lbs c. Tempering a. Aluminum
b. 1012 lbs d. Quenching b. Tin
c. 829 lbs 87. Accident prevention is: c. Zinc
d. 735 lbs a. An association of employers, d. Manganese
81. The length of arc between the two organization and individuals 94. What heat treatment process can
sides of a gear tooth on the pitch b. The foreman’s responsibility just cast steel materials of high chrome,
circle: as much as production high manganese, etc. type steel be
a. Circular thickness c. The responsibility of top subjected for the purpose of
b. Axial plane management matching process?
c. Helix angle d. A job of a safety director a. Annealing
d. Chordal curves 88. Major component of bronze casting: b. Tempering
82. Split pulley or pulley made of a. Copper c. Normalizing
separate section bolted together at b. Manganese d. Quenching
the rim, the maximum speed should c. Zinc 95. Cast alloy steel for very high
be limited to about % of the d. Lead temperature application:
maximum speed of solid pulley. 89. Commonly utilized / cheapest shaft a. Manganese-nickel steel casting
a. 65 to 75 % material available in the market with b. High chrome steel casting
b. 45 to 50 % carbon content of 0.28 to 0.34 %. c. Chrome-nickel steel casting
c. 55 to 60 % a. SAE 1432 d. High manganese casting
24

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 96. Flexible material used to seal 3. Type of bolt commonly used in the A. The tool of the shaper moves
pressurized fluids, normally under construction that is threaded on while on the planer is stationary.
dynamic condition: both ends. B. The shaper can perform slotting
a. Nylon A. Stud bolt operation while the planer
b. Seal B. Acme thread bolts cannot.
c. Teflon C. Square threaded bolts C. The shaper handles large pieces
d. Packing D. Hex bolts while the planer handles only
97. A type of gear tooth cut inside a 4. Hydrostatic bearing is one which: small pieces.
cylinder or ring: A. The lube oil is supplied D. The tool of the shaper moves in
a. Rack gear under pressure reciprocating motion while tool
b. Ring gear B. Lube oil is not pressurized in the planer moves in rotary
c. Miter gear C. There is no lube oil motion.
d. Internal gear D. Bearing is lightly loaded 11. The path of contact i9nvolute gears
98. It has molybdenum alloy except: 5. Which of the following materials is where the force is actually
a. SAE 43XX unsuitable as a bearing? transmitted. It is a straight
b. SAE 41XX A. Teflon imaginary line passing through the
c. SAE 6XXX B. Low carbon steel pitch point and tangent to the base
d. SAE 5XXX C. Cast iron circle.
99. To prevent leakage in dynamic seal: D. Nylon A. Principal reference plane
a. Gasket 6. Safety features that must be placed B. Pitch point
b. Seals and maintain at machine, C. Front angle
c. Felts blacksmith, welding and foundry D. Line of action
d. Packings shop. 12. The hardness of helical and
100. Which of the following elements A. Safety goggle herringbone gear teeth after
when large quantity is harmful to the B. Walkway guide treatment is 210 to 300 brinell
ferrous metal? C. Safety notices and markings hardness for gear and pinion is at:
a. Sulfur D. all of these A. 360 brinell min.
b. Silicon 7. The angle at the base of the cylinder B. 400 brinell max.
c. Zinc of an involute gear that the tooth C. 340-350 normal
d. Aluminum makes with the gear axis. D. All of these
ELEMENTS 06 A. Base helix angle 13. A type of gear commonly used in
1. Metal characteristics that withstand B. Pressure angle parallel shaft transmission especially
forces that causes twisting. C. Arc of recess when a smooth continuous action is
A. Torsional strength D. Arc of approach essential as in high speed drives up
B. Modulus of elasticity 8. A kind of thread that is generally to 12,000 fpm:
C. Twisting moment used: A. Bevel gear
D. Elasticity A. UNEC B. Herringbone gear
2. Fillet radius in machine parts is B. UNC C. Spur gear
usually introduced to: C. UNF D. Helical gear
A. Improve the look of the parts D. UNEF 14. It is used in conjunction with circular
B. Reduce concentration of stress 9. Which of the following acronyms is cross sectional members to retain oil
and extend life of the parts not generally used as standard? and prevent dirt, foreign particles,
C. Avoid obstruction A. ASTM moisture and to permit pressure
D. Necessary to lessen casting B. SAE differential between exterior and
weight C. IPS interior of the applied part.
D. AISI A. Seal
10. What is the difference between the B. Gasket
shaper and planer? C. Safety shield
25

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 D. Packing C. Bronze is reddish in color while 28. What is the moment of inertia of a
15. An object thrown upward will return brass is a mixture of copper and rectangle about its base?
to earth with the magnitude of the antimony A. BH2/6
terminal velocity equal to: D. Bronze is mostly an alloy of B. BH3/3
A. Zero copper and tin while brass is a C. BH2/3
B. One-half the initial velocity mixture of copper of copper and D. BH3/12
C. Twice the initial velocity antimony. 29. What is the modulus of elasticity if
D. The initial velocity 22. The reciprocal of the diametral pitch the stress is 44,000 psi and a unit
16. A liquid metal: equivalent to the ratio of pitch strain of 0.00105?
A. Mercury A. 41.905 X 106
diameter to the number of teeth:
B. Lead B. 42.300 X 106
A. Lead
C. Zinc C. 41.202 X 106
B. Clearance
D. Aluminum D. 43.101 X 106
C. Module
17. What type of gear which can 30. Which of the following is not a
D. Involute
transmit power at a certain angle? 23. What is the property of a material structural steel class?
A. Helical gear A. Low carbon steel
which resists forces acting to pull the
B. Worm gear B. Stainless steel
material apart?
C. Bevel gear C. Medium carbon steel
A. Shear strength
D. Herringbone gear D. Tool and die steel
B. Tensile strength
18. Type of V-belt to use in driving pulley 31. What happens to a drill if the
C. Torsional strength
with speed of 360 rpm and D. Compressive strength operating speed is too fast?
transmitting 5 Hp. 24. Which do not belong to foundry or A. Drill will crack
A. Type C belts metal casting shop? B. Drill will become overheated and
B. Type B belts A. Shake-out machine will bend
C. Type A belts B. Molding machine C. Drill will become overheated
D. Type D belts C. Core making and will be drawn from steel
19. The arbitrary modification by D. Forging machine D. Drill will become very dull and
removing a small portion of a tooth 25. The enter of gravity of a solid wear fast
at the tip of gear tooth is called. pyramid or cone with a total height 32. Copper and most of its alloy can be
A. Tip removal hardened by:
of H is:
B. Tip undercut A. 1/4 H A. Patenting
C. Tip relief B. 3/5 H B. Cold working
D. Pressure angle cut C. 1/3 H C. Case hardening
20. The first derivative of kinetic energy D. 1/3 H D. Soaking
with respect to velocity is: 26. The gradual chemical reaction by 33. A type of coupling that alloys slight
A. Power other substance such that the metal amount of torsional angular
B. Acceleration
is converted to an oxide or other flexibility due to introduction with
C. Momentum
compounds: some elastic material cylindrically
D. None of these
A. Corrosion wrapped around the bolts in the
21. What is the difference between
B. Cheaping flange.
brass and bronze? C. Rusting A. Simple elastic bonded coupling
A. Brass is composed of copper D. Weathering B. Elastic material bushed
and zinc while bronze is 27. A material that should be avoided in coupling
composed of copper and tin constructing wood pattern: C. Elastic material bonded coupling
B. Brass is composed of copper and A. Sap wood D. All of these
zinc while bronze is basically B. Kiln dried wood 34. Outstanding safety record
copper and tin plus non ferrous C. Heart wood contributes to:
alloy such as manganese, D. Core portion of wood A. High productivity
aluminum, and chromium
26

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. Outstanding performance that 41. V-belts operate at speed of about 47. Most effective alloying element for
expects reward from (fpm) reducing brittleness of steel at a
management A. 4500 very low temperature.
C. Confidence in foreman’s ability B. 4400 A. Manganese
to perform well C. 4200 B. Molybdenum
D. Pride and enthusiasm to one-self D. 3600 C. Silicon
35. The capacity of metal to withstand 42. Name the type of chuck commonly D. Nickel
load without breaking is: used for holding work piece in a 48. Normal stress relieving temperature
A. Strength lathe operation? example, a 3-jaw for cast steel :
B. Stress universal chuck, 4-jaw independent A. 200 to350 oF
C. Elasticity chuck B. 400 to 500 oF
D. Strain A. Magnetic jaw chuck C. 300 to 400 oF
36. Finding the resultant of two or more B. 2-jaw independent D. 450 to 550 oF
forces is called: C. 8-jaw universal 49. It is advised that in rubber belts
A. Coplanar force D. Combination application / mounting it should
B. Non-coplanar force 43. For a high corrosion resistant have an initial tension of
C. Couple stainless steel, what minimum inch/ply.
D. Composition of forces chromium content is required? A. 18 to 24
37. A machinery operation whereby A. 8% B. 15 to 20
done with the work accurately B. 4.3% C. 12 to 15
fastened has a reciprocating C. 1.1% D. 10
(forward and backward) motion and D. 5.8% 50. Past ME Board Question
the tool head is stationary. 44. Clearance to a new boiler installation Non- Ferrous filler metal is melted
A. Shaping to the existing or old plant building into grooves or as fillet on the
B. Planning should follow a minimum clearance mother metal; the base metal is not
C. Turning of between top of the melted. This is commonly used for
D. Reaming boiler proper and the ceiling as joining iron based machine parts or
38. The phenomenon of continuous stated in the PSME code. in repair works of some materials it
stretching under load even if the A. 2000 mm(max) is called:
stress is less than the yield point: B. 1000 mm(max) A. spot welding
A. Elasticity C. 2130 mm(max) B. braze welding
B. Ductility D. 2150 mm(max) C. brazing
C. Plasticity 45. Ordinary steel begins to lose D. gas welding
D. Creep strength and elasticity significantly 51. Past ME Board Question
39. In a pair of gears, is the at about degrees Fahrenheit. What is the common shop practice to
plane perpendicular to the axial A. 900-1000oF prevent solder from running away from
plane and tangent to the pitch B. 800-900OF surface to be joined?
surface. C. 750-850OF A. Surround the word with day
A. Pitch D. 600-700OF B. Introduce around the work rolled wet
B. Pitch plane 46. Statement that a given body is in cloth
C. Pitch circle static equilibrium means that the C. Put asbestos sheeting around the
D. Pitch point body cannot. work
40. What type of gear is used for high A. Have any type of motion D. All of these
speed operation? B. Be acted upon by more than one 52. Past ME Board Question
A. Helical force The three-moment equation may be
B. Spur C. Undergo any displacement used to analyze
C. Bevel D. Have any acceleration A. Tapered column
D. Worm B. Continuous beam
C. Composite beam
27

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

D. Axially end loaded beam Cold working of steel plates make the D. Elastic limit to proportional limit
53. Past ME Board Question metal . 65. Past ME Board Question
One of the causes of spur gear tooth A. Tougher Which of the following is not structural
breakage is the unbalanced load on one B. More ductile class of steel?
end of the tooth that results in higher C. Harder A. Low carbon steel
stresses than when the load is evenly D. More malleable B. Tool and die steel
distributed. To minimize this problem, 59. Past ME Board Question C. High chrome alloy steel
the face width “b” should not. Be greater Considering a maximum safe center D. High strength low alloy steel
than the thickness (or pitch) of the distance of sprockets should be 66. Past ME Board Question
tooth. In the absence of test values, the pitches. Very long center distance cause The product of the resultant of all forces
following can be guide. catenary tension in the center. acting on a body and the time that the
A. .25PC<b<4Pc A. 70 resultant acts:
B. .20Pd<b<4Pd B. 80 A. Angular impulse
C. .25Pd<b<4Pd C. 60 B. Angular momentum
D. .20Pd<b<4Pc D. 50 C. Linear impulse
54. Past ME Board Question 60. Past ME Board Question D. Linear momentum
The property that characterizes a Hypoid gear is a special type of gear 67. Past ME Board Question
material ability to be drawn into a wire like: The smallest area at the point of rupture
A. Ductility A. Worm gear of a tensile specimen divided by the
B. Thermal conductivity B. Spur gear original area is called:
C. Tensile strength C. Herringbone gear A. Percentage elongation
D. Endurance limit D. Bevel gear B. Izod test
55. Past ME Board Question 61. Past ME Board Question C. Charpy test
Deals only with the motion of the bodies The maximum stress to which a material D. Percentage reduction of the
without reference to forces that cause may be subjected before failure occurs: area
them: A. Ultimate strength 68. Past ME Board Question
A. Dynamics B. Ultimate stress It equalizes the energy exerted and the
B. Kinetics C. Endurance limit work done thus preventing excessive or
C. Statistics D. Tensile stress sudden changes of speed:
D. Kinematics 62. Past ME Board Question A. Flywheel
56. Past ME Board Question A property of material which relates the B. Balance wheel
In shear pin or breaking pin design, we lateral strain to the longitudinal strain C. Flywheel pulley
may use the data experienced by Link- A. Stress D. All of these
Belt for 1/8 inch to 1 inch pins and the B. Strain 69. Past ME Board Question
breaking stress ksi. C. Poisson’s ratio A mechanism which usually do the
A. 40 D. Strength indexing in a machine tool:
B. 55 63. Past ME Board Question A. Universal chuck
C. 50 All are associated with the grade of steel B. Slooter
D. 48 except: C. Dividing head
57. Past ME Board Question A. SAE 42XX D. Indexing
Recommended best cutting angle of drill B. SAE 13XX 70. Past ME Board Question
for work on steel or cast iron is C. SAE 10XX Metal that assists lubrication or lubricant
degrees. D. SAE 74XX in itself:
A. 48 64. Past ME Board Question A. Zinc
B. 63 Poisson’s ratio is the ratio of: B. Antimony
C. 59 A. Shear strain to compression strain C. Babbit
D. 50 B. Elastic limit compressive strain D. Lead
58. Past ME Board Question C. Lateral strain to longitudinal 71. Past ME Board Question
strain
28

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

A system of forces in space is in Device used to measure accurately 84. Past ME Board Question
equilibrium. If two unequal and opposite speed: Ratio of unit lateral deformation to the
collinear forces are added, which of the A. Speedometer unit longitudinal deformation:
following if any is true? B. Dial indicator A. Poissons ratio
A. Equilibrium is maintained C. Tachometer B. Strain
B. Equilibrium is destroyed D. Dial gauge C. Stress
C. An unbalance moment exists 78. Past ME Board Question D. Modulus of rigidity
D. None of these is true If the velocity of a mass is the same all 85. Past ME Board Question
72. Past ME Board Question the time during which motion takes For moderate speed of mating gears, the
It is a science of motion that can be place is called: ideal ratio contact is:
solved in terms of scalar or vector A. Deceleration A. 1.25 – 4.00
algebra: B. Uniform motion B. 1.20 – 1.45
A. Kinematics C. Acceleration C. 1.00 – 130
B. Curvilinear translation D. None of these D. 0.35 – 1.45
C. Projectiles 79. Past ME Board Question 86. Past ME Board Question
D. Acceleration Length of contact between two mating A shaft is to be checked for concentricity.
73. Past ME Board Question parts in a screw and nut threads A suitable method of performing the
Permanent deformation or strain may measured axially is called: check is:
occur without fracture. A. Arc of contact A. Bench centers and dial indicator
A. Malleability B. Depth of engagement B. Line shafting bearing alignment
B. Elasticity C. Length of engagement C. Observing vibration of the shafting
C. Ductility D. Axis of contact D. None of these
D. Plasticity 80. Past ME Board Question 87. Past ME Board Question
74. Past ME Board Question The distance a helical gear or worm A kind of thread in which the width of
The ability of a metal to be deformed would thread along its axis is called: the thread is approximately equal to the
considerably without rupture is called: depth of the thread and the space
A. Malleability A. Length of action between threads are approximately
B. Elasticity B. Length of contact equal.
C. Ductility C. Land A. Square thread
D. Plasticity D. Lead B. Acme thread
75. Past ME Board Question 81. Past ME Board Question C. Buttress thread
When two elastic bodies collide, which of Major and minor diameters are D. Whitworth thread
the following laws can be used to solve commonly used in: 88. Past ME Board Question
for the resulting velocity? A. Screw thread Which of the following is not used to
A. Dalton’s law B. Bolts resemble the shaped of tool bit?
B. Avogadro’s law C. Gear A. Round nose
C. Conservation of energy D. All of these B. Center cut
D. Conservation of momentum and 82. Past ME Board Question C. Square nose
conservation of energy A lathe with multiple cutting stations: D. Thread cutting
76. Past ME Board Question A. Turret lathe 89. Past ME Board Question
When the hole is smaller than the shaft, B. Engine lathe Negative allowance is also called:
it will take pressure to put the parts C. Manual lathe A. Interference of metal
together. The allowance is said to be D. None of these B. Feeler gage
negative and is termed: 83. Past ME Board Question C. Micrometer
A. Negative tolerance The nominal diameter of the bolts is the: D. Tolerance
B. Negative allowance A. Major diameter 90. Past ME Board Question
C. Negatives fits B. Minor diameter A property of matter which causes it to
D. Interference of metal C. Mean diameter resist any change in its motion or state
77. Past ME Board Question D. All of these of rest:
29

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

A. Brake 97. Past ME Board Question D. all of the above
B. Friction Tooth width measured along the chord at 3. Past ME Board Question
C. Inertia the pitch circle: Liners are normally made of:
D. Impulse A. Flank A. cast iron
91. Past ME Board Question B. Face width B. alloyed bronze
Separate forces which can be so C. Width of space C. alloyed steel
combined are called: D. Chordal thickness D. alloyed aluminum
A. Non-concurrent forces 98. Past ME Board Question 4. Past ME Board Question
B. Couple In the gear design, the total work load Need in as cast condition steel casting
C. Combined forces must be equally shared by its arms. Rim with carbon content less than
D. Concurrent forces must be rigid to support these arms and % C.
92. Past ME Board Question also the head is recommended for its A. 0.26
A lathe machine threading mechanism stiffening value. The assumption in the B. 0.20
A. Reversed gear and lever detailed design of rim thickness and C. 0.15 to 0.16
B. Spindle gear D. 0.25
depth of bead is circular pitch (PC).
C. Change stud gear A. 0.65 5. Past ME Board Question
D. All of these B. 0.50 The yield strength of a regular yellow
93. Past ME Board Question C. 0.56 brass (65 to 70% Cu, 30 to 35% Zn) can
It is the difference of addendum and D. 0.44 be increased/improved by:
addendum which is equivalent to the 99. Past ME Board Question A. cold working
whole depth less working depth. Alloy that improves strength of steel at B. tempering
A. Fillet space high temperature application C. chill casting
B. Filet radius A. Tungsten D. heat treatment
C. Clearance B. Molybdenum 6. Past ME Board Question
D. Backlash C. Chromium The purposes of these parts in
94. Past ME Board Question D. All of these application are to have better bearings
Machine tool used for straight lines on 100. Past ME Board Question to seal the guard against marring; etc.
metal surfaces mad of sharp tool steel is A furnace used in melting ferrous A. bearing journal
called. metals: B. metallic seal
A. Plain scriber A. Annealing furnace C. washer
B. A trammel B. Tempering furnace D. shaft seal
C. Hermaphrodite caliper C. Induction furnace 7. Past ME Board Question
D. Divider D. Normalizing furnace Metals are conducive because:
95. Past ME Board Question A. the electron are loosely bound to
All are associated with standard material Element 07
1. Past ME Board Question the nuclei and therefore mobile
specified except: B. having characteristic metallic luster
A. American Iron and Steel Institute A furnace used in melting non-ferrous
metals. C. they are on the left side of the
B. Society of Automotive Engineers periodic table
C. Southeast Asia Iron and Steel A. cupola furnace
B. crucible furnace D. they have extra electrons as
Institute exhibited by normally possible
D. American Society for Testing C. induction furnace
D. tempering furnace balance state
Materials 8. Past ME Board Question
96. Past ME Board Question 2. Past ME Board Question
Endurance strength is nearly It is considered semi-solid lubricant:
The best instrument for measuring a A. lube oil
thousand of an inch: proportional to the ultimate strength
but not with: B. graphite
A. Micrometer C. grease
B. Tachometer A. yield strength
B. design stress D. all of these
C. Calliper 9. Past ME Board Question
D. Pyrometer C. shear stress
30

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 What are the common cutting fluids B. retarded motion D. Circular pitch
used for cutting metals? C. negative impulse 23. Past ME Board Question
A. water with soda borax D. all of these It is recommended for high speed
B. light mineral oil 17. Past ME Board Question application that the minimum number
C. soluble oil It is recommended not to have a direct of teeth in small sprocket should be:
D. all of these drive and drive sprockets if the ratio of A. 26 to 30
10. Past ME Board Question their teeth. B. 12 to 16
Good stabilizer in stainless steel: Exceed use two or more step C. 26 to 28
A. columbium combination. D. 18 to 24
B. titanium A. 10 times 24. Past ME Board question
C. tantalum B. 8 times Continuous stretching under load even if
D. all of these C. 5 times the stress is less than the yield point:
11. Past ME Board Question D. 6 times A. Plasticity
The good deoxidizer in steel melting: 18. Past ME Board Question B. elasticity
A. Manganese It is used to charged rotary motion to C. creep
B. silicon reciprocating motion: D. ductility
C. aluminum A. Helical Gear 25. Past ME Board Question
D. All of these B. Rack Gear Which of the following is not structural
12. Past ME Board Question C. Worm gear class of steel?
The usual ratio of water to soluble oil D. Spur gear A. high speed steel
used as cutting fluid: 19. Past ME Board Question B. tool and die
A. 50% water to 50% oil Busses that are independent loads: C. Low Carbon
B. 2 water to 1 oil A. Working stress D. high Carbon
C. 3 water to 1 oil B. Operating stress 26. Past ME Board Question
D. 4 to 80 water to 1 oil C. Residual stress Opposite direction parallel forces:
13. Past ME board Question D. shear stress A. concurrent
Killed steel is always associated with: 20. Past ME Board Question B. coplanar
A. Silicon The Distance of the tooth, which is C. couple
B. Manganese equal to the sum of the addendum and D. non-coplanar
C. Phosporous deddendum: 27. Past ME Board Question
D. Sulfur A. full depth The ratio of the moment of inertia in the
14. Past ME Board Question B. whole depth cross-section of the beam to the section
Which of the following does not belong C. working depth modulus
to the group? D. deddendum A. equal to the radius of gyration
A. welding 21. Past ME Board Question B. equal to the area of the cross-
B. Soldering This concave portion of the tooth profile section
C. Casting where it joints the bottom of the tooth C. measure of a distance
D. brazing space: D. dependent on the modulus of
15. Past ME Board Question A. fillet curve elasticity
Which of the following is most popular B. fillet radius 28. Past ME Board Question
soldering of metal? C. bottom depth Gear used to transmit power at high
A. 10/80 D. fillet velocity ratios between non-intersecting
B. 45/55 22. Past ME Board Question shafts that are usually but not
C. 50/50 In gear design, the ratio of the pitch necessarily at right angle.
D. 60/40 diameter in inches to the number of A. helical gear
16. Past ME Board Question teeth: B. bevel gear
The motion of an object A. module C. worm gear
diminished/decreased speed B. diametral pitch D. spiral gear
A. deceleration C. English module 29. Past ME Board Question
31

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 Which of the following is the differential C. 6000 42. Past ME Board Question
of the shear equation? D. all of these The function of clutch in the machine
A. bending moment of the beam 36. Past ME Board Question tool is:
B. tensile strength of the beam The angle included between the sides of A. lowering the drive
C. slope of the elasticity curve the thread measured in an axial plane in B. alignment of drive shaft
D. load of the beam a screw thread. C. to disconnect or connect at will the
30. Past ME Board Question A. angle of thread drive
It is arbitrarily defined as the push and B. angle between thread or 40 D. to insure that two shafts line up at
pull C. helix angle thread high speed
A. force D. half angle thread or 20 43. Past ME Board Question
B. work 37. Past ME Board Question The amount by which the width of a
C. inertia The property of a material that relates tooth space exceeds the thickness of the
D. power the lateral strain to longitudinal strain engaging tooth on the pitch circles
31. The changes in shape or geometry of A. stress A. backlash
the body due to action of a force on it is B. strain B. clearance
called deformation or: C. Poisson’s ratio C. undercut
A. shear stress D. endurance limit D. Chordal thickness
B. stresses 38. Past ME Board Question 44. Past ME Board Question
C. compressive stress Eccentrically loaded bearing is also Which does not belong to the group?
D. strains called: A. SAE
32. Past ME Board Question A. full bearing B. AISI
For evenly distributed and uniform wear B. offset bearing C. SEA II
on each meshing gear tooth, the ideal C. partial bearing D. ASTM
design practice is to consider a . D. fitted bearing 45. Past ME Board Question
A. wears resistance alloy addition to 39. Past ME Board Question What is the specification number of
tooth gear In the selection of wire rope, regular lay molybdenum?
B. heat treatment of the gears means wire and strands are arranged in A. SAE 2XXX
C. hardening of each tooth the following manner: B. SAE 3XXX
D. hunting tooth addition A. twisted in same direction C. SAE 4XXX
33. Past ME Board Question B. twisted in any direction D. SAE 5XXX
The reciprocal of a diametral pitch or the C. twisted in opposite direction 46. Past ME Board Question
ratio of pitch diameter to number of D. twisted in along direction What will be the effect in bushing gears
teeth 40. Past ME Board Question without backlash?
A. lead In involute teeth, the pressure angle is A. jamming
B. module often defined as the angle between the B. overheating
C. involute line of action and the line of tangent to C. overload
D. clearance the pitch circle. It is also termed as: D. all of these
34. Past ME Board Question A. helix angle 47. Past ME Board Question
It is the ability of the material to resist B. angle of recess Range of helix angle on helical gear
deformation under stress: C. angle of obliquity A. less than 18
A. plasticity D. arc of action B. 15-25
B. stiffness 41. Past ME Board Question C. 20-35
C. toughness Height of tooth above pitch circle or D. 35-40
D. all of these radial distance between pitch circle and 48. Past ME Board Question
35. Past ME Board Question top land of the tooth The distance of a helical gear or worm
Flat leather belting not recommended A. top tooth would thread along its axis in one
for use in speed excess of fpm. B. addendum revolution if it were free to move axially.
A. 3600 C. land A. lead
B. 4800 D. hunting tooth B. thread
32

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. pitch B. aluminum parts The best instrument for measuring a
D. land C. cast iron parts thousandth of an inch
49. Past ME Board Question D. all of these A. micrometer
It refers to the gear between the fillets 56. Past ME Board Question B. tachometer
of adjacent teeth. In general, the design stress and factor C. caliper
A. top land of safety are related as follows: D. pyrometer
B. bottom land A. Design stress = ultimate stress 63. Past ME Board Question
C. pitch times factor of safety Galvanize iron is term referring to iron
D. fillet B. Design stress = ultimate stress coated with
50. Past ME Board Question divided by factor of safety A. aluminum
The distance between adjacent rivets is B. tin
C. Factor of safety = design stress
called: C. zinc
divided by ultimate stress
A. pitch D. manganese
D. Ultimate stress = factor of safety
B. crest 64. Past ME Board Question
divided by design stress
C. lead The ability of a metal to resist being
57. Past ME Board Question
D. none of these crushed:
The color of pipe for communication is:
51. Past ME Board Question A. shearing strength
A. white
A plane perpendicular to the axial plane B. compressive strength
B. blue
and to the pitch plane, In gears with C. torsional strength
C. yellow
parallel axis, the transverse plane and D. orange D. tensile strength
the plane of rotation coincide. 58. Past ME Board Question 65. Past ME Board Question
A. transverse plane It improves red hardness of steel: Is the permissible variation of the size of
B. principal reference plane A. chromium a dimension?
C. normal plane B. cobalt A. tolerance
D. pitch plane C. boron B. allowance
52. Past ME Board Question D. lead C. clearance
What tool will be used in making wood 59. Past ME Board Question D. interference
pattern in the foundry shop? A metal which has a high electrical 66. Past ME Board Question
A. band saw conductivity but should not be used for The single force which produces the
B. drill machine same effect upon a body as two or more
high temperature metal
C. saw and chisel A. silicon forces acting together is called:
D. hammer B. zinc A. resultant force
53. Past ME Board Question C. chrome alloy B. co-planar force
All the functions lubricating oil except: D. carbide C. couple
A. adhesion 60. Past ME Board Question D. non-coplanar force
B. corrosion prevention Finding the resultant of two or more 67. Past ME Board Question
C. act as coolant Product of mass and linear velocity is
forces is called:
D. to lighten the load known as:
A. co-planar forces
54. Past ME Board Question B. non-coplanar forces A. impulse
What type of bearing which totally C. couple B. linear momentum
encloses the shaft? D. composition of forces C. angular momentum
A. offset bearing 61. Past ME Board Question D. impact
B. central bearing Eccentrically loaded bearing is also 68. Past ME Board Question
C. babbit bearing called: What is the SAE specification number of
D. full bearing A. full bearing molybdenum-chromium-nickel?
55. Past ME Board Question B. offset bearing A. 48XX
Not adaptable to welding due to C. partial bearing B. 47XX
strength and poor ductility: D. fitted bearing C. 46XX
A. copper parts 62. Past ME Board Question D. 45XX
33

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

69. Past ME Board Question C. collet attachment reducing the cross-sectional area of work
Plus or minus the tolerance is also D. steady center rest is called:
called: 75. Past ME Board Question A. bloating
A. total tolerance Material may be stretched and still B. upsetting
B. unilateral tolerance returns to its former form/condition upon C. spreading
C. bilateral tolerance release of force are called: D. draining out
D. none of these A. plasticity 82. Past ME Board Question
70. Past ME Board Question B. modulus of elasticity The recommended age limit of fire tube
Some experiments are made at Cornell C. ductility boilers
University showed that experience D. elastic limit A. 35 years
mechanic could bread a bolt due 76. Past ME Board Question B. 30 years
to nut tightening. The brittleness in steel at elevated C. 40 years
A. 3/8 inch temperature is: D. 50 years
B. 5/8 inch A. hard drawn 83. Past ME Board Question
C. ½ inch B. cold lap Silicon-manganese steel designation,
D. 7/16 inch C. red shortness SAE
71. Past ME Board Question D. residual stresses A. 72XX
Common defects encountered in the 77. Past ME Board Question B. 40XX
foundry shop steel casting operation and Intermediate gear is also called C. 92XX
also in welding practices. gear in the gear train arrangement. D. 9XX
A. cracks A. idler 84. Past ME Board Question
B. cold shot B. pinion The factor of safety generally applied in
C. parting line C. third gear wire rope design starts at 3-4 for
D. blow/pin holes D. mounted gear standing rope application, 5-12 for
72. Past ME Board Question 78. Past ME Board Question operating rope and for hazard to
This particular outing tool material The top and bottom land for gears is life and property application like foundry
withstands using temperature of 1800F similar formed as to crest and for operation.
and higher at cutting speed beyond screw thread. A. higher value
those possible with other cutting tool A. flank B. 7-10
materials: B. root C. 8-10
A. titanium carbide C. flank tooth D. 10-18
B. ceramic D. top land 85. Past ME Board Question
C. carbide grade 79. Past ME Board Question The maximum stress induced in a
D. cubic boron nitride Cold drawing is also called . material when subjected to intermittent
73. Past ME Board Question A. hard drawn or repeated load without causing failure
Moment curve to a simple beam with a B. oxidized steel is called:
concentrated load at middle span takes C. cold lap steel A. ultimate stress
the shape of a; D. strain hardening B. endurance limit
A. triangle 80. Past ME Board Question C. ultimate torque
B. rectangular Which of the following services is not D. elastic limit
C. trapezoid considered as a work of a machinist? 86. Past ME Board Question
D. semi-eclipses A. reboring Which of the following tools does not
74. Past ME Board Question B. grinding belong to the group?
Type of chuck wherein the work piece C. overhauling A. Hermaphrodite caliper
with standard diameter or size could be D. honing B. divider
attached fast and quick especially small 81. Past ME Board Question C. double veer block
size work of mass production. In machine shop, had forging operation D. trammel
A. lathe drive plate of lengthening a piece of stock while 87. Past ME Board Question
B. clamp toe dog
34

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 is the theoretical profile of the Non-metallic material of high melting Relief angle of single-point in cutting
thread for a length of one pitch in the temperature being used as furnace mild steel cast iron and other average
axial plane on which design forms of lining: work as recommended should be in the
both the external thread are based. A. quartz brick ranges of degrees for high speed
A. Basic form of thread B. refractories tools.
B. Effective thread C. silica sand A. 8 to 12
C. Basic profile of thread D. dolomite clay bricks B. 10 to 15
D. Design form of external thread 94. Past ME Board Question C. 5 to 7
88. Past ME Board Question Chromium steel (to include heat and D. 12 to 16
One of the following materials is not corrosion resistant) designation: 100. Past ME Board Question
mentioned for wire rope pulley/sheave A. SAE 56XX Which of the following is an unsafe
applications. B. SAE 514XX condition in operating a lathe machine?
A. Plastic C. SAE 61XX A. wearing denim pants/safety shoes
B. Iron D. SAE 9XX B. wearing a canvass apron
C. Paper 95. Past ME Board Question C. operating with safety gloves
D. Copper alloy Mirror finish has surfaces fines of D. wearing safety goggles/hearing aid
89. Past ME Board Question rms.
Internal stress exerted by the fibers to Elements 08
A. 1 1. Past ME Board Question
resist the action of outside force is called B. 2 to 8
A. shearing stress Which of the following does not affect the
C. 1 to 3 tensile strength of steel?
B. tensile stress D. 2 to 5
C. ultimate stress A. sulphur
96. Past ME Board Question B. cobalt
D. compressive stress All terms and abbreviations deal with
90. Past ME Board Question C. phosphorus
wire rope arrangement except this D. boron
Thread is used where the thread which deals with wire rope materials
requires great strength and usually cut 2. Past ME Board Question
strength. Which of the following is an example of
square on one side and slanting on the A. preformed
other side rectilinear translation?
B. IWRC A. locomotive wheels
A. janno C. Mps
B. buttress B. rack gear
D. lang lay C. piston of an engine
C. square 97. Past ME Board Question
D. double D. jack
Alloy steel axle under repeated 3. Past ME Board Question
91. Past ME Board Question load/stress will eventually fail if the
In greater quantity, this element is A petroleum by-product used as an
load/stress is above the endurance for electrode in an electric arc furnace melting
harmful to the molten ferrous metal. steel under consideration. The
A. silicon operation.
endurance limit of the steel is therefore: A. anthracite coke
B. aluminum A. equal to the allowable stress of the
C. oxides B. foundry coke
module of elasticity C. graphite electrodes
D. sulfur B. equal to half of the ultimate
92. Past ME Board Question D. bituminous coke
stress 4. Past ME Board Question
For economical cost in the C. equal to module of elasticity
manufacturing large worm gears the A machine shop equipment that can
D. equal to 80% of the elastic limit flatten horizontally, vertically or angular
following materials are usually applied. 98. Past ME Board Question
A. bronze rim with cast steel spider plane
Tap not used for cutting thread . A. shaper machine
B. cast iron rim with bronze spider A. tapping tap
C. cast steel rim with brass spider B. welding machine
B. bottoming tap C. drill machine
D. alloyed aluminum rim with cast iron C. plugging tap
spider D. power saw
D. taper tap 5. Past ME Board Question
93. Past ME Board Question 99. Past ME Board Question
35

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 What type of leather belting should be If a set of spur gears are made, installed C. ductility
used at an ambient temperature above 140 and lubricated properly, they may D. machinability
O
F and normally be subjected to failure like: 18. Past ME Board Question
possible acid liquid coming in contact A. tooth spalling The flux should be provided in soldering
with the belt? B. tooth peening electrical connection or commutator wires as
A. mineral tanned C. pitting it tends to corrode the connections.
B. combination of oak D. shearing A. sal ammoniac
C. oak tanned 12. Past ME Board Question B. zinc chloride
D. none of these Normally cast iron contains 2% carbon or C. stearin
6. Past ME Board Question more and silicon in the range of %. D. acid fluxes
The material for engine radiator is usually A. 1 to 3 19. Past ME Board Question
made of: B. 2 to 4 Treatment process that produces a
A. yellow brass C. 2 to 3 residual compressive stress at the surface
B. silicon brass D. 1 to 6 (which occupy more volume) and residual
C. admiralty brass 13. Past ME Board Question tension inside that results in considerable
D. navy brass A major component of cast steel is: increase in fatigue strength members on
7. Past ME Board Question A. silicon torsion/bending:
What factors can modify the B. iron A. partial quenching
recommending cutting speed of a known C. manganese B. heavy quenching
workpiece? D. chromium C. quenching
A. rough cutting of a workpiece 14. Past ME Board Question D. shallow quenching
B. modify the shape of cutting tools The application of electrical currents to
C. used correctly shaped cutting tool the corrosion circuit to counter the corrosion 20. Past ME Board Question
D. depth of cut reaction is called: A good general purpose deoxidizer and
8. Past ME Board Question A. cathodic protection promotes fine grain in steel.
In a cutting tool the cutting end can B. sacrificial anodes method A. copper
generally called: C. chemical corrosion process B. magnesium
A. end cutting edge D. galvanic action C. molybdenum
B. nose 15. Past ME Board Question D. silicon
C. back rake As a rule of thumb the design of 21. Past ME Board Question
D. side rake foundation could be about 3.2 to Surface connecting the crest and roots of
9. Past ME Board Question times the engine the screw thread.
What equation to be used in computing stroke. A. lead angle
the acceleration of the center of a rolling ball A. 4.20 B. length of engagement
with a diameter of 8 inches? B. 4.0 C. top land
A. 0 C. 3.40 D. flank
B. w2 D. 3.60 22. Past ME Board Question
C. w2/r 16. Past ME Board Question It is hardening treatment whrereby a cast
D. v2/r Bevel gears subjected to corrosion and metal is being heated to a very high
10. Past ME Board Question lightly loaded is usually made of: temperature
From experience specify the conventional A. bronze then suddenly subjected to rapid cooling
limit of flywheel operations to be at 6000 B. brass to improve hardenability or wear resistance
ft/min C. duralumin is called:
for cast iron and for steel. D. all of these A. annealing
A. 7000 17. Past ME Board Question B. normalizing
B. 8000 The characteristic of tool steel sustain C. temprering
C. 10,000 shocks and major impacts is due to its: D. quenching
D. 12,000 A. toughness 23. Past ME Board Question
11. Past ME Board Question B. stiffness Moment of inertia is also called:
36

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. modulus of elasticity 30. Past ME Board Question Web is part of a drill and is usually
B. weep strength The amount by which the deddendum is thicker
C. radius of gyration in a given gear/pinion exceeds the A. beside the land
D. none of these addendum of its mating gear/pinion. Also B. nearing the shank
24. Past ME Board Question the radial distance between the top of a C. close to the future
Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum steel tooth and the bottom of the mating tooth D. at the tip portion
designation SAE space. 36. Past ME Board Questions
A. SAE51XX A. tip relief A carbon content in the range of in
B. SAE74XX B. top land steel readily respond to heat treatment.
C. SAE94XX C. clearance A. 0.36 to 0.40%C
D. SAE64XX D. space B. 0.28 to 0.30%C
25. Past ME Board Question 31. Past ME Board Question C. 0.18 to 0.25%C
It is the name applied to reciprocating Deflection beam is: D. 0.12 to 0.15%C
motion as that of a pendulum. A. proportional to the modulus of 37. Past ME Board Question
A. intermittent motion elasticity and moment of inertia The soldering material commonly applied
B. reciprocating motion B. proportional to the load imposed and for automobile radiator cores and roofing
C. oscillation inversely to the length squared seams.
D. momentum C. inversely proportional to the A. 15/85% tin and lead
26. Past ME Board Question B. 50/50% tin and lead
modulus of elasticity and moment of
Avoidance in vibration in equipment of C. 5/55% tin and lead
inertia
machinery foundations, a mass of weight D. 20/80 %tin and lead
D. inversely proportional to the weight
equal to times the forces are needed. 38. Past ME Board Question
imposed times the length
A. 10 to 20 A research agency handling assistance to
32. Past ME Board Question
B. 8 to 15 all foundry, machine shop and metallurgical
The normal density of work space
C. 15 to 20 operation
requirement to use in the design of work
D. 8 to 10 A. MIDRC
room is cubic feet per person
27. Past ME Board Question B. BOI
A. 400
Commonly used or produced C. DOST
B. 388
screws/bolts/nuts and for engineering D. all of these
C. 353
application is a series. 39. Past ME Board Question
D. 424
A.UNC An act of cutting out a piece of metal at a
33. Past ME Board Question
B. ANSI
Safety features that must be placed and desired shape and size
C. withworth
maintained at Machine, Blacksmith, Welding A. broaching
D. UNF
and foundry shops B. blanking
28. Past ME Board Question C. slitting
A. walkway guide
It indicates how many times a volume of D. dinking
B. safety notices
material is heavier than an equal volume of 40. Past ME Board Question
C. safety goggles
water. The surface of the gear between the
D. safety notices in markers/boards.
A. specific gravity fillets of adjacent teeth is called.
34. Past ME Board Question
B. specific volume A. bottom land
It is the symbol that the work surfaces
C. specific weight B. flank
should be machined-finished and usually
D. specific density C. top land
indicated in the drawing and placed on the
29. Past ME Board Question D. flank of tooth
line that represent the surface to be
Axially located rectangular groove in a 41. Past ME Board Question
machined.
hub and shaft In drilling soft materials used cutting
A. f
A. keyset angles as low as 40 degrees but
B. 5
B. cotter pin set extremely hard material up to
C. 20
C. flute degrees is recommended.
D. F.A.O
D. setscrew point A. 80
35. Past ME Board Question
37

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. 65 48. Past ME Board Question A. 4
C. 75 For ordinary steel, the modulus of B. 1.5
D. 70
elasticity usually falls between C. 3
42. Past ME Board Question million pounds. D. 5
The ideal thickness of the cutter at the A. 20 to 31 55. Past ME Board Question
pitchline for cutting helical gears should be B. 35 to 45 It is the permissible variation of the size.
C. 20 to 35 A. tolerance
of normal circular path. D. 25 to30 B. limits
A. 3/8 49. Past ME Board Question C. fits
B.3/4 The modulus of elasticity for metals in D. none of these
C.1/2 compression is usually taken as that in. 56. Past ME Board Question
D. 5/16 A. tension Considering that there is no fit, what is
43. Past ME Board Question B. bearing the permissible liberal tolerance in
Progressive change of the position of a C. yield machining work?
body is called. D. ultimate A. ±0.010
A. acceleration 50. Past ME Board Question B. ±0.090
B. momentum Which of the following is the ratio of C. ±0.020
C. motion moment and stress? D. ±0.050
D. force A. strain 57. Past ME Board Question
44. Past ME Board Question B. section modulus Which of the following is a tolerance
In designing gears for power transmission C. contraction where the size of a part may be larger only,
an efficiency of as recommended. D. passions ratio or
A. 95% or more 51. Past ME Board Question smaller only, than the given dimension.
B. 89% of more What is the flexural stress when a A. unilateral
C. 85% of more symmetrically cross-section beam when the B. lateral
D. 98% of more vertical shear is maximum C. bilateral
45. Past ME Board Question A. infinity D. none of these
The five principal parts of shaper are: B. zero 58. Past ME Board Question
table, tool slide, base ram and . C. maximum A tolerance where the size of part is
A. column D. minimum permitted to be either larger or smaller than
B. vise 52. Past ME Board Question the given
C. drive motor The riveted joints in ASME Code has as dimension
D. apron design surface compressive stress A. unilateral
46. Past ME Board Question Higher than the design tensile stress. B. lateral
It is a good design practice for steel line A. 70% C. bilateral
shafting to consider a limit to the linear B. 60% D. none of these
deflection of inch/foot length C. 35% 59. Past ME Board Question
maximum. D. 50% Which of the following is the basis of ASA
A. 0.050 53. Past ME Board Question fits?
B. 0.010 What is the ratio of the minimum strength A. basic number system
C. 0.020 of joint to the strength of solid joint in the B. basic hole system
D. 0.060 pressure vessel? C. basic size system
47. Past ME Board Question A. efficiency D. unit system
The conical surface at the starting end of B. relative strength 60. Past ME Board Question
the thread is called. C. performance factor When the hole is smaller than the shaft it
A. pitch cone D. joint efficiency will take force of pressure to put the cold
B. chamfer 54. Past ME Board Question parts together. In such case the allowance is
C. flute What is the usual factor of safety for a negative. Which of the following terms is
D. crest pressure vessel? appropriate for such allowance?
38

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. negative fits of metals 67. Past ME Board Question B. cam type element
B. interference of metals In gears an imaginary circle which the C. plate-type element
C. positive fits of the shaft lever arm is based in, D. spherical type element
D. intangible fits A. base circle 74. Past ME Board Question
61. Past ME Board Question B. pitch circle Which of the following flanges is suitable
What is the direction of the predominant C. addendum circle for low and (hindi q mabasa) pressure?
surface pattern? D. clearance circle A. Ring flange
A. smoothness 68. Past ME Board Question B. Lap joint flange
B. waviness It is the circle tangent to the addendum C. Tapered-hub flange
C. lay of the meshing gears. D. Welding neck type
D. roughness A. clearance circle 75. Past ME Board Question
62. Past ME Board Question B. base circle It is the study of body’s motion
Is the irregularities of departures from the C. addendum circle independent of the forces on the body?
nominal surface of greater spacing than D. pitch circle A. Kinetics
roughness? 69. Past ME Board Question B. Dynamics
A. waviness The distance from a point on one gear to C. Kinematics
B. roughness the corresponding point measured along D. Mechanics
C. lay the base circle. 76. Past ME Board Question
D. smoothness A. normal pitch What is the reciprocal of velocity ratio?
63. Past ME Board Question B. circular pitch A. train value
Is the surface finish of micrometer in rms. C. axial pitch B. ratio factor
A. 1 D. diametral pitch C. modular value
B. 2 70. Past ME Board Question D. none of these
C. 3 A line passing through the pitch point 77. Past ME Board Question It is the type of
D. 4 that is tangent to both base circles of a gear bolt finished all over and has usually having
64. Past ME Board Question is: coarse threads.
Is the process of pre-stressing or over- A. pressure line A. coupling bolt
stressing of a hollow cylindrical member B. perpendicular line B. stud bolt
beyond elastic range. C. tangent line C. Machine bolt
A. presstagge D. center line D. automobile bolt
B. autofrettage 71. Past ME Board Question 78. Past ME Board Question
C. stress relieving Which of the following contact ratio for a It is type of bolt distinguished by a short
D. countersinking good gear design? portion of the shank and underneath the
65. Past ME Board Question A. 1.5:1 head being square of finned or ribbed.
Is the phenomenon occurring when two B. 1:1.3 A. coupling bolt
touching surfaces have a high contact C. 1:3 B. stud bolt
pressure and when these surfaces have D. 1.2:2 C. Machine bolt
minute relative motion? 72. Past ME Board Question D. carriage bolt
A. prestressing In pressure vessels, which of the following 79. Past ME Board Question
B. fretting resists internal pressure through the It is type of bolt threaded on both ends
C. friction tension? and can be used where a through bolt
D. carving A. shell-type element impossible.
66. Past ME Board Question B. cam type element A. coupling bolt
Which of the following gears has the C. plate type element B. carriage bolt
simplest type of teeth? D. spherical type element C. stud bolt
A. Helical gears 73. Past ME Board Question D. machine bolt
B. Spur gears In pressure vessels, which of the following 80. Past ME Board Question
C. Bevel gears resists internal pressure through bending? It is cheap variety of bolt made in small
D. Worm gears A. shell-type element sizes.
39

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. stud bolt In general, the steel springs are made of D. motor spring
B. stove bolt relatively high carbon steel usually: 94. Past ME Board Question
C. machine bolt A. 5% What is the type of failure due to
D. coupling bolt B. less than 0.5% unstability?
81. Past ME Board Question C. more than 0.5% A. Buckling
It is a locking device that is used to D. 7.5% B. Slenderness ratio
maintain pressure between threads of the 88. Past ME Board Question C. Stability
bolt and nut. It is low cost spring material suitable D. Euler’s failure
A. gasket where service is not severe and dimensional
B. lock washer precision is not needed.
C. lock nuts A. helical spring wire 95. Past ME Board Question
D. filler B. stainless steel What type of formula that is best applied
82. Past ME Board Question C. hard drawn wire spring to a very slender column?
What is the large wood screw used to D. copper A. Column formula
fasten machinery and equipment 89. Past ME Board Question B. Slenderness formulas
A. lag screw What is the hard drawn (80% reduction) C. Moment formulas
B. loss screw spring wire made of carbon steel? D. Euler formula
C. wood screw A. oil tempered wire 96. Past ME Board Question
D. cross screw B. music wire If two principal stresses is zero, the state
83. Past ME Board Question C. tension wire of stress:
What is the minimum length of contact in D. chromium wire 3A. Biaxial
tapped hole for cast iron? 90. Past ME Board Question B. Mono-axial
A. 1.7 D Which of the following wires with good C. Uniaxial
B. 1.5 D quality and is used for impact loading? D. Triaxial
C. 1.2 D A. Hard drawn wire 97. Past ME Board Question
D. 2.1 D B. Cold drawn wire What do you call the system that has
84. Past ME Board Question C. Helical spring wire finite values of principal stresses?
It is the ratio of the mean diameter of the D. Chromium-Silicon wire A. Triaxial
coil over the coil diameters. 91. Past ME Board Question B. Uniaxial
A. Wahl factor When heat-treated wire is coiled cold, it C. Mono-axial
B. Spring index should be stress relieved for bending stress D. Biaxial
C. Coil ratio and after cooling it or heated at some: 98. Past ME Board Question
D. Lead scale A. 400 0F A screw that requires positive torque to
85. Past ME Board Question B. 600 0F lower load or to loosen the screw if it has
What is the overall length of the spring C. 700 0C been turned tight against a resistance
when it is compressed until all adjacent coil D. 500 0F A. power screw
touch? 92. Past ME Board Question B. lock screw
A. free length Which of the following is not a function of C. Self screw
B. solid length spring? D. self locking screw
C. compressed length A. absorbs energy 99. Past ME Board Question
D. expansion length B. source of potential energy What is the rotating member used in
86. Past ME Board Question C. measure weight transmitting power?
It is the length of coil spring under no D. measure thickness A. shaft
load. 93. Past ME Board Question B. countershaft
A. compressed length Which of the following is the type of C. axle
B. free length spring made in the form of dished Washer? D. washer
C. solid length A. air spring 100. Past ME Board Question
D. none of these B. believe spring For machinery shaft the permissible
87. Past ME Board Question C. volute spring deflection is approximately:
40

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. 0.02 in/ft D. Mean speed C. Saddle Key
B. 0.03 in/ft 6. Past ME Board Question D. Roll pin
C. 0.01 in/ft An old rule of thumb for 12. Past ME Board Question
D. 0.05 in/ft transmission shafting is that the What type of fits used for involute
ELEMENTS 09 deflection should not exceed of spline?
1. Past ME Board Question length between supports. A. Close fit
For shafts, the shear due to bending A. 0.01 in. per foot B. Press fit
is a maximum at the neutral plane B. 0.08 in. per foot C. Sliding fit
where the normal stress is: C. 0.02 in. per foot D. All of these
A. Minimum D. 0.05 in. per foot 13. Past ME Board Question
B. Constant 7. Past ME Board Question Which of the following is used for
C. Maximum also For transmission shafts the allowable permanent fits and similar to
D. Zero deflection is 1 degree in a length of involute splines except that the
2. Past ME Board Question diameters. pressure angle is 14.5˚?
The minimum value of numerical A. 20 A. Separation load
combined shock and fatigue factor B. 25 B. Spline shaft
to be applied in every case to the C. 30 C. Stub serrations
computed bending moment of the D. 40 D. Involute serrations
shaft is: 8. Past ME Board Question 14. Past ME Board Question
A. 2.0 What is the limiting torsional It is used a coupling or in addition to
B. 1.75 deflection for machinery shafts, if another couplings where in case of
C. 1.5 the criteria of limiting torsional overload there is danfer of injury to
D. 1.3 deflection vary from 0.08˚ per foot machine or to material in process.
3. Past ME Board Question of length? A. Shear pin
What is the other name given to A. 1˚ B. Flange coupling
short shafts on machines? B. 2.5˚ C. Involute serrations
A. Spindles C. 2˚ D. King pin
B. Head shafts D. 3.5˚ 15. Past ME Board Question
C. Core shafts 9. Past ME Board Question What is the maximum shaft angle for
D. All of these Bevel gears of sizes 5 in. to 15 in. a single Hooke’s coupling?
4. Past ME Board Question should not be lift or depress more A. 10˚
What is the other name given to a than , as Gleason statement. B. 17˚
line shaft? A. 0.004 C. 15˚
A. Countershaft B. 0.003 D. 20˚
B. Main shaft C. 0.002 16. Past ME Board Question
C. Long shaft D. 0.001 What are the two principal parts of a
D. Head shaft 10. Past ME Board Question Journal Bearing?
5. Past ME Board Question What type of key that allows the hub A. Bearing and Journal
The speed at which the center of to move along the shaft but prevents B. Shaft and Babbit
mass will be equal the deflecting the rotation of the shaft? C. Clearance and Fitted
forces on the shaft; the shaft with its A. Woodruff Key D. Shaft and Cylinder
attached bodies will then vibrate B. Feather Key 17. Past ME Board Question
violently, since the centrifugal force C. Gibbs Key When line of action of the load
changes its direction as the shaft D. Square Key bisects the arc of partial bearing, the
turns in: 11. Past ME Board Question bearing is said to be:
A. Nominal speed What is the other name for Kennedy A. Eccentrically loaded
B. Critical speed Key? B. Fully loaded
C. Relative speed A. Tangential Key C. Centrally loaded
B. Woodruff Key D. Partially loaded
41

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

18. Past ME Board Question A. Heavy B. 6 ksi
What is the difference in radii of the B. Medium C. 7 ksi
bearing and Journal? C. Light D. 9 ksi
A. Even clearance D. All of these 31. Past ME Board Question Experience
B. Clearance ratio 25. Past ME Board Question suggests that the most economical
C. Odd clearance A type of roller bearing in which the designs are obtained for a belt speed
D. Radial clearance balls are assembled by the eccentric of:
19. Past ME Board Question displacement of the inner ring A. 6000 to 7500 fpm
When radii of both the bearing and A. Shallow groove ball bearing B. 3000 to 5000 fpm
the journal are the same, then the B. Filling-slot ball bearing C. 3500 to 4700 fpm
bearing is said to be: C. Self-aligning ball bearing D. 5000 to 1000 fpm
A. Fitted bearing D. Deep-groove ball bearing 32. Past ME Board Question
B. Clearance bearing 26. Past ME Board Question The tension in the belt due to
C. Full bearing Which of the following is not a type centrifugal force increasing rapidly
D. Ambiguous bearing of bearing? above about:
20. Past ME Board Question A. Shallow groove ball bearing A. 2500 fpm
What is the line that passes through B. Filling-slot ball bearing B. 3000 fpm
the centers of the bearing and the C. Self-aligning ball bearing C. 3500 fpm
journals? D. Deep-groove ball bearing D. 4000 fpm
A. Line of action 27. Past ME Board Question 33. Past ME Board Question
B. Line of centers What is the usual density of the What is the recommended speed for
C. Line of symmetry leather belt? leather belts?
D. Tangent line A. 6000 to 7000 fpm
A. 0.035 lb/in³ ̊
21. Past ME Board Question B. 5000 to 6000 fpm
B. 0.0135 lb/in³
Which of the following is considered C. 7000 to 8000 fpm
C. 0.025 lb/in³
advantageous for bearing materials? D. 4500 to 5600 fpm
D. 0.0465 lb/in³
A. Conformability 34. Past ME Board Question
28. Past ME Board Question
B. Compatibility What is the usual recommended
Which of the following is the
C. Embeddability speed for fabric belts?
approximate density of a fat rubber
D. All of these A. 4000 to 5000 fpm
belt?
22. Past ME Board Question B. 3000 to 4000 fpm
A. 0.055 lb/in³
What is the recommended C. 2000 to 3000 fpm
B. 0.0135 lb/in³
coefficient of fluctuation of flywheels D. 2000 and more fpm
C. 0.045 lb/in³
for punching, shearing, pressing D. 0.0465 lb/in³ 35. Past ME Board Question
machine? 29. Past ME Board Question Which of the following is the
A. 0.005-0.1 A toothed wheel whose tooth recommended initial tension of the
B. 0.007-0.01 belt?
elements are straight and parallel to
C. 0.03-0.05 A. 75 ib/in of width
the shaft axis or used to transmit
D. 0.01-0.03 B. 73 lb/in of width
motion and power between parallel
23. Past ME Board Question C. 71 lb/in of width
shafts
Which of the following considers 200 D. 80 lb/in of width
A. Helical gear
series of bearing? 36. Past ME Board Question
B. Spur gear
A. Heavy Two shafts at right angles to each
C. Worm gear
B. Medium other may be connected by what
D. Bevel gear
C. Light arrangement?
30. Past ME Board Question
D. All of these A. Half turn
The breaking strength of oak-tanned
24. Past ME Board Question B. Quarter turn
beltings varies from 3 to more than:
Which of the following considers the C. ¾ turn
A. 5 ksi
300 series of bearing? D. One turn
42

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

37. Past ME Board Question 43. Past ME Board Question 49. Past ME Board Question
What is the minimum number of A fit generally used on those Which of the following indicates the
teeth on a smaller sprocket for low dimensions involved in a fit such as degree of concentration?
speed? pin in a hole. A. Power factor
A. 12 A. Unilateral B. Service factor
B. 21 B. Lateral C. Stress factor
C. 17 C. Bilateral D. Stress concentration factor
D. 14 D. None of these 50. Past ME Board Question
38. Past ME Board Question 44. Past ME Board Question The internal stresses that exists in
What is the minimum number of It is a relatively finely spaced any part of the material that is
teeth on a smaller sprocket for irregularity of the surfaces. subjected to temperature and not
moderate speed? A. Smoothness acted upon by an external load
A. 17 B. Waviness A. Residual stress
B. 21 C. Lay B. Form stress
C. 12 D. Roughness C. Superposed stress
D. 14 45. Past ME Board Question D. Control stress
39. Past ME Board Question Which of the following is the surface 51. Past ME Board Question
What is the usual minimum number finish to heavy cuts or coarse feed? It is the process that cold works a
of teeth on a smaller sprocket for A. 200 rms limited amount of material, thus
high speed? B. 400 rms giving a higher strength, and it
A. 21 C. 80 rms leaves a surface compressive stress.
B. 24 D. 500 or greater rms A. Surface finishing
C. 12 46. Past ME Board Question B. Tensioning
D. 14 Which of the following is the most C. Surfacing
40. Past ME Board Question dominant cause (approximately 80 D. Surface rolling
Which of the following is the %) of machine failures? 52. Past ME Board Question
measure of torsional stress? A. Torsion Fatigue strength is increased by
A. Accuracy B. Negligence repeated loads just below the
B. Stiffness C. Fatigue failures normal fatigue limit followed by
C. Rigidity D. Compression small step by step increase of the
D. Precision 47. Past ME Board Question loading.
41. Past ME Board Question For wrought steel in its commonly A. Coaxing
When tested in compression, ductile met commercial forms, it is often B. Waxing
materials usually exhibit assumed that the average C. Mixing
characteristics up to the yield endurance limit for an average (50 D. Relieving
strength as they do when tested in % survival) with the BrinellHardness 53. Past ME Board Question
tension. is limited to: It is the diameter of the imaginary
A. The same A. 500 cylinder that bounds the crest of an
B. More than B. 400 external thread and the roots of an
C. Less than C. 240 internal thread.
D. Approximately the same D. 450 A. Mean diameter
42. Past ME Board Question 48. Past ME Board Question B. Root diameter
A tolerance where the size of a part What is the range of the endurance C. Stress diameter
is permitted to be either larger or ratio or Czaud quotes values for D. Major diameter
smaller than the given dimension steel? 54. Past ME Board Question
A. Bilateral A. 0.23 to 0.65 It is the distance in inches a screw
B. Unilateral B. 0.34 to 0.87 thread (a helix) advances axially in
C. Lateral C. 0.63 to 0.93 one turn.
D. None of these D. 0.34 to 0.45 A. Pitch
43

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. Mean pitch D. 76 % Under the theories of failure, for
C. Lead 61. Past ME Board Question static loading of ductile material, the
D. Circular pitch It is a screw fastening with a nut on design stress is:
55. Past ME Board Question it A. Yield Stress / Factor of Safety
Which of the following bolts is A. Bolt B. Ultimate Stress / Factor of Safety
recommended for general use? B. U – bolt C. Ultimate Stress / Proportional
A. UNC C. Rivet Limit
B. UNEF D. Screw D. Yield point / Proportional Limit
C. UNF 62. Past ME Board Question 68. Past ME Board Question
D. NC A fastening which has no nut and Under the theories of failure, the
56. Past ME Board Question turns in to a threaded hole value of shear stress is how many
Which of the following is frequently A. Bolt times that of a tensile stress?
used bolt in automotive and aircraft B. Fastener A. Four times
industries? C. Rivet B. Half
A. UNC D. Screw C. Double
B. UNEF 63. Past ME Board Question D. One-fourth
C. UNF An old name for an unfinished 69. Past ME Board Question
D. NC through bolt comes with a square. The theory of mechanics of material
57. Past ME Board Question A. Coupling bolt shows that the results from the
Which of the following is particular B. Stud bolt octahedral shear stress theory and
bolt used in aeronautical equipment? C. Machine bolt those from maximum distortion-
A. UNC D. Automobile bolt energy theory are:
B. UNEF 64. Past ME Board Question A. The same
C. UNF It is a type of coil where the helical B. Less than
D. NC coil is wrapped into a circle forming C. More than
58. Past ME Board Question an annular ring. D. Not related
What type of bolt usually used for A. Volute spring 70. Past ME Board Question
high-pressure pipe flanges, cylinder B. Hair spring It is the distance measure axially
head studs etc. C. Motor spring from a point on one thread to the
A. UNC D. Garter spring corresponding point on adjacent
B. UNEF 65. Past ME Board Question thread.
C. UNF It is a type of spring where thin flat A. Axial pitch
D. 8 UN strip wound up on itself as a plane B. Z – pitch
59. Past ME Board Question spiral, usually anchored at the inside C. Lead
It is the stress or load induced by the end. D. Lead angle
tightening operation. A. Motor spring 71. Past ME Board Question
A. Initial stress B. Garter spring It is the angle between a tangent to
B. Initial tension C. Volute spring the pitch helix and plane normal to
C. Residual stress D. Helical spring the axis of the screw.
D. None of these 66. Past ME Board Question A. Helix angle
60. Past ME Board Question It is the ratio of the length of the B. Lead angle
For non-metallic gaskets, it has been column and the radius of gyration of C. Tangent angle
found that they should have a the cross-sectional area about a D. Vertical angle
certain minimum amount of centroidal axis. 72. Past ME Board Question
compression as for a certain A. Contact ratio It is suggested that the design factor
cork gasket. B. Slenderness ratio on the yield strength be about 1.5
A. 62 % C. Centroidal ratio for the smooth load, about 2 to 2.25
B. 86 % D. Column ratio for minor shock loading, and up to
C. 68 % 67. Past ME Board Question 44

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 for severe shock loads, 78. Past ME Board Question For thrust bearing, the speed at
especially when the loading reverses A coupling used for absorbing some moderate operating condition is:
during operation. shock and vibration that may appear A. 50 <Vm> 200 fpm
A. 4.5 on the shaft and of preventing the B. 50 <Vm> 250 fpm
B. 3.5 occurrence of reversed stresses C. 50 <Vm> 220 fpm
C. 3.0 caused by the shaft deflecting at the D. 50 <Vm> 250 fpm
D. 4.0 coupling preventing at the coupling 85. Past ME Board Question
73. Past ME Board Question A. Rigid coupling If the ends are joined by wire lacing
A typical hub length fall between B. Flange coupling with machine, the usual efficiency of
C. Flexible coupling joint is:
A. 1.25D to 2.5D D. None of these A. 100 %
B. 1.3D to 3.4D 79. Past ME Board Question B. 75 %
C. 1.25D to 4.0D It is the difference in the radii of the C. 85 %
D. D to 7.0D bearing and the journal. D. 88 %
74. Past ME Board Question A. Even clearance 86. Past ME Board Question
A key with one several patented B. Clearance ratio On high speed centrifugal blowers, it
methods of keying is driven or C. Fit clearance has been observed that the arc of
pressed into a hole that is small D. Radial clearance contact is reduced from 180˚ at rest
enough to dose the slit, assembled 80. Past ME Board Question to in motion.
in radial direction. A bearing in which the radii of the A. 100˚
A. Fit key journal and the nearing are the same B. 90˚
B. Roll pin A. Fitted nearing C. 95˚
C. Saddle key B. Full bearing D. 110˚
D. Pin key C. Partial bearing 87. Past ME Board Question
75. Past ME Board Question D. Clearance bearing The recommended net belt pull for
A key that allows the hub to move 81. Past ME Board Question rubber belt is:
along the shaft but prevents the What is the approximate length-to- A. 11.34 lb/ply per inch of width
rotation of the shaft diameter ratio of hydrodynamic B. 13.75 lb/ply per inch of width
A. Woodruff key bearings? C. 16.35 lb/ply per inch of width
B. Gibbs key A. 1 D. 20.34 lb/ply per inch of width
C. Feather key B. 4 88. Past ME Board Question
D. Square key C. 3 For minimum quietness, use
76. Past ME Board Question D. 2 sprockets with or more teeth.
For involute spline, the type of fits 82. Past ME Board Question A. 21
used: The operating temperature of oil B. 23
A. Close fit films in the bearing must C. 25
B. Sliding fit approximately: D. 27
C. Press fit A. 140˚F to 150˚F 89. Past ME Board Question
D. All of these B. 140˚F to 160˚F If two intersecting shafts re to be
77. Past ME Board Question C. 120˚F to 190˚F belt connected, guide pulleys
A coupling that transmits power via D. 120˚F to 190˚F are to be used.
the frictional forces induced by 83. Past ME Board Question A. 1
pulling the flange toward each other At higher temperatures, oil oxidizes B. 2
over slotted tapered sleeves. more rapidly above: C. 3
A. Flange coupling A. 120˚F D. 4
B. Ribbed compression coupling B. 200˚F 90. Past ME Board Question
C. Rigid coupling C. 140˚F Wire ropes are made from cold-
D. Flanged compression D. 160˚F drawn with or more teeth.
coupling 84. Past ME Board Question A. 21
45

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. 23 What is the minimum suggested obtained by pulling the band tight
C. 25 design factor of wire ropes for into the wheel.
D. 27 miscellaneous hoisting equipment is: A. Block brake
91. Past ME Board Question A. 2 B. Clutch
A wire rope that the wires and B. 3 C. Band brake
strands are twisted in the opposite C. 5 D. Centrifugal brake
direction D. 4 4. Which of the following clutches that
A. Long lay 98. Past ME Board Question has a disadvantage of heavier
B. Perform To avoid excessive wear rate the rotating masses.
C. Regular lay recommended limiting pressure for 6 A. Multiple disc clutch
D. Lang lay x 19 ropes is for cast steel. B. Cone clutch
92. Past ME Board Question A. 700 psi C. Disc clutch
A wire rope that the wires and B. 900 psi D. Twin clutching
strands are twisted on the same C. 1000 pi 5. Which of the following welds have
direction D. 1200 psi been considered as resistance weld
A. Long lay 99. Past ME Board Question which is usually round in the same
B. Perform To avoid wear rate the dorm as the electrodes that press
C. Regular lay recommended limiting pressure for 6 the sheets together?
D. Lang lay x 19 ropes is for manganese A. Edge joints
93. Past ME Board Question cast steel. B. Spot welds
Which of the following ropes is used A. 2500 psi C. CIG welds
for haulage, egging, guard rails? B. 2000 psi D. TIG welds
A. 6 X 35 IWRC C. 3000 psi 6. A welding which consist of short
B. 6 X 15 IWRC D. 2300 psi lengths (2-3 in. long) of welds with
C. 7 X 8 IWRC 100. Past ME Board Question space between as 6 inches on
D. 7 X 7 IWRC What friction devices that are used centers.
94. Past ME Board Question to connect shafts? A. Intermittent weld
Which of the following has been A. Clutches B. Spot weld
considered as general purpose rope? B. Spring C. MIG weld
A. 6 x 19 IWRC C. Brakes D. TIG weld
B. 7 x 25 IWRC D. Holders 7. A welding operation that use hot
C. 7 x 25 IWRC
D. 6 x 9 IWRC Elements 10 flame and metal rod.
1. The total frictional energy that is A. Gas welding
95. Past ME Board Question B. Arc welding
Which of the following ropes is used stored in the brake parts principally
in the drum or disk is approximately: C. Resistance welding
for lines, hawsers, overhead cranes, D. Automatic welding
and hoists? A. 56% up
B. 90% up 8. The arc is covered with a welding
A. 6 x 37 IWRC composition, and bare electrode wire
B. 6 x 35 IWRC C. 86% up
D. 75% up is fed automatically.
C. 6 x 25 IWRC A. Resistance welding
D. 7 x 26 IWRC 2. The brake capacity to absorb energy
is known as: B. Induction welding
96. Past ME Board Question C. Submerged welding
The regular materials wire ropes are A. Energy
B. Power D. Spot welding
made of: 9. What is the recommended
A. Chromium C. Resistance brake
D. Braking torque coefficient of fluctuation of flywheels
B. Wrought iron for punching, shearing, pressing
C. Cast steel 3. A kind of braking system such that if
the band wraps partly around the machine is:
D. High-carbon iron A. 0.005 – 0.1
97. Past ME Board Question brake drum and the braking action is
B. 0.002 – 0.07
46

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. 0.03 – 0.05 16. Which of the following bolts provided B. Engine lathe
D. 0.01 – 0.03 with a hole at one end instead of C. Cannon lathe
10. The part of the machine that usual head? D. Turret lathe
absorbs the energy delivered by a A. Stud bolt 23. What devices on lathe used for
sharp force or blow. B. Eye bolt carrying the revolving spindle?
A. Spring C. Machine bolt A. Head stock
B. Anvil D. Stove bolt B. Header
C. Brakes 17. What operation generally carried out C. Head suction
D. Flywheel to divide the parent coiled sheet into D. None of these
11. It is the friction of wheel inclination narrower coils? 24. The recommended means of
from the vertical position. A. Slotting supporting the chuck during the
A. Camber B. Squeezing mounting procedure to the lathe
B. Toe-in C. Squaring spindle is to use:
C. Caster D. Slitting A. Crane
D. King pin inclination 18. It is the process used to form B. Jack
12. Which of the following is a machine shallow, round, raised recessed C. Overhead
which takes large quantities of raw troughs of uniform width in a D. Ratchet
or finished materials and binds them straight curved or circular form. 25. Too much in flat belt
with a rope or metal straps or wires A. Hemming operation tend to cause excessive
into a large package? B. Beading wear slippage and may burn the
A. Bacher C. Embossing belt.
B. Bending machine D. Bludging A. Play
C. Baler 19. The process of removing excess B. Slack
D. Automatic screw machine metals from the edge of a strip to C. Stiffness
13. It is the grasping of an outside work make it suitable for drawing without D. Tightness
piece in a chunk or jawed device in a wrinkling or to obtain final 26. It is a chromium steel tape in AISI-
lathe. complicated shape which was not SAE designation.
A. Clucking A. 10XX
directly possible by blanking.
B. Clamping A. Lancing B. 25XX
C. Chucking B. Slugging C. 50XX
D. Clam shelling C. Notching D. 40XX
14. Which of the following is a D. Trimming 27. Which of the following is not
mechanical linkage or mechanism 20. Which of the following is the recommended for use in a driving
that can turn about a center or processed of removing coarse speed exceeding 2000 ft/min.?
rotation? scratches or tool marks? A. Flat leather belt
A. Oscillation A. Polishing B. Herringbone gear
B. Crank B. Buffing C. Silent sprocket
C. Coupler C. Honing D. V-belt
D. Drag link D. Lapping 28. It is a low cost bearing used
15. What type of compound screw which 21. Which of the following ropes is worldwide for automobile or low
produces a motion equal to the galvanized and consist of 6 strands, horsepower motor application. It is
difference in motion between the 7 wires each, and a hemp core? made of thin coating of over flat
two component screws? A. Reverse lay rope metal strip.
A. Machine screw B. Guy rope A. Babbitt
B. Tanden screw C. Lang lay rope B. Cadmium brass
C. Differential screw D. Regular rope C. Lead
D. Variable screw 22. It is a large lathe used for turning D. Tin
and boring cannons. 29. The most common tool to measure
A. Gun lathe diameter in machine shop operation
47

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 but normally and always used with B. Materializing C. Opposite
steel scale for measurement. C. Quenching D. Parallel
A. Caliper D. Tempering 44. Plane of rotation is defined as plane
B. Micrometer 37. Which of the following type of wood perpendicular to a:
C. Protractor is usually used in making wood A. Gear axis
D. Vernier pattern in the foundry? B. Gear ratio
30. In impact force introduced to case A. Dried sap wood C. Normal plane
the metal to flow in shaped mold B. Hard wood D. Pitch diameter
according to the shape to dies C. Kiln dried wood 45. Which of the following can be a con
made. D. Scrap wood current?
A. Hardness 38. The progressive change in position A. Collinear
B. Spinning of is called motion. B. Couple
C. Swaging A. Component C. Parallel
D. Toughness B. Couple D. All of these
31. Find the polar section modulus of a C. Link 46. Cutting lubricant used in drilling,
steel shafting with “D” as the D. Mass reaming and tapping for brass and
diameter. 39. Strain or is a change in bronze.
A. πD³/16 geometry/shape of the body due to A. Dry
B. πD³/32 the action of a force on it. B. Soda water
C. πD³/32 A. Bending stress C. Soluble oil
D. πD³/16 B. Deformation D. Turpentine
32. Forces of equal in magnitude but C. Shear stress 47. In general accepted limit of diamond
opposite in direction are parallel are D. Stress wheel speed should be in the range
called: 40. The effective face width of a helical of fpm.
A. Acceleration gear divided by the axial pitch. This A. 1000/2000
B. Coplanar is sometimes called face overlap. B. 2500/3500
C. Couple A. Angle overlap C. 3000/4000
D. Non-coplanar B. Axial overlap D. 5000/6000
33. Composition of forces is at the C. Contact overlap 48. Prepared tool bit will now consist of
of two or more forces. D. Helical overlap face, nose and:
A. Combination 41. For mass production of casting it is A. Cutting tool
B. Opposition generally cheaper to use B. Shank
C. Resultant pattern for longer life. C. Sharp tool
D. Summary A. Aluminum D. Tool edge
34. Circular pitch is measured along the B. Brass 49. This is an alloy in bronze casting that
in the circular gear. C. Metal assists lubrication and in itself a
A. Circle D. Wooden lubricant.
B. Line of action 42. It is a plane between mating teeth or A. Lead
C. Pitch center the amount of which a tooth space B. Manganese
D. Pitch diameter C. Phosphorous
exceed the thickness of an engaging
35. Stiffness is the material’s ability to D. Tin
tooth is called:
deformation under stress. 50. For longer sprocket chain life the
A. Backlash
A. Non-coplanar speed range of fpm is
B. Clearance
B. Planar recommended.
C. Pitting
C. Resist A. 1200-1400
D. Space
D. Staffer B. 1500-1600
43. The forces that can be combined or
36. It imparts the ductility, toughness, C. 1800-2000
called component forces.
and plasticity of steel. A. Different D. 2000-2100
A. Annealing B. Helical
48

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

51. All stainless steel type is SAE A. BUN 66. Property, which enables a material,
designation except: B. UNC be drawn into a wire.
A. 92XX C. UNEF A. ductility
B. 300XX D. WOOD B. elasticity
C. 304XX 59. Maximum moment formula for beam C. plasticity
D. 515XX simply supported at both ends and D. utility
52. It is white metal with good oxidation subjected to a load uniformly 67. The stress that causes the material
and corrosion resistance. This has distributed over its length. to shorten.
also good electrical magnetic A. wL/2 A. bearing
properties. B. wL²/8 B. compressive
A. Aluminum C. wL²/16 C. shear
B. Copper D. wL/12 D. tensile
C. Nickel 60. What is the special bearing used 68. The most known lubricants bearing
D. Titanium with high deflection? being utilized in whatever category
53. It is a molybdenum steel-tape in A. Babbitt of load and speed are oil, air grease
AISI-SAE designation. B. Ball and dry lubricants like:
A. 44XX C. Roller A. bronze
B. 45XX D. Self aligning B. graphite
C. 50XX 61. which of the following bearing is C. lead
D. 51XX used for low load and less expensive D. silicon
54. Cutting lubricants used in drilling, production 69. It is a gear commonly used in
reaming tapping for hand spots in A. Babbitt parallel shaft transmission especially
cast iron. B. ball bearing when a smooth continuous action is
A. Dry C. roller bearing essential as in high speed drives up
B. Kerosene D. self aligning to 12000 fpm.
C. Soda water 62. the lateral strain in axial tension A. Bevel gear
D. Turpentine members can be calculated by; B. Helical gear
55. In a design, the lead of a A. deformation C. Herringbone gear
single thread is equal to the pitch. B. Hooke’s law D. Spur gear
A. Bevel gear C. Poisson’s ratio 70. The reciprocal of a diametral pitch or
B. Bolt D. William’s line the ratio of the pitch diameter to the
C. Helical gear 63. it is abundantly used worldwide as number of teeth
D. Hypoid gear coating on top of the plate A. clearance
56. A of chisels used in cutting of automobile. B. involute
keyways, square corner or slots. A. Babbitt C. lead
A. Cape B. lead D. module
B. Diamond head C. manganese 71. What tool(s) will be used in making
C. Flat D. tin wood pattern in the foundry shop?
D. Round 64. a liquid metal at room temperature. A. Band saw
57. The maximum recommended ideal A. aluminum B. Drill machine
number of teeth to use for bigger B. mercury C. hammer
sprocket is: C. zinc D. saw and chisel
A. 120 D. zirconium 72. Type of bolt commonly used in the
B. 127 65. it is a steel with SAE specification construction that is threaded in both
C. 132 13XX ends.
D. 143 A. chromium A. Acme threaded bolts
58. A bolt for general application that B. manganese B. Hex bolt
posses a stronger thread is a type C. molybdenum C. Square threaded
screw. D. nickel D. Stud bolt
49

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

73. Ability of material to absorb strain 81. What do impact tests determine? C. parallel
energy and will return to its original A. Creep test D. resultant
state. B. hardness 89. The is one of the rigid members
A. creep C. toughness / bodies joined together to form a
B. fatigue strength D. yield strength kinematics chain.
C. hardness 82. Sound travels fastest in: A. coplanar
D. resilience A. air at 0˚F and 1 atmospheric B. frame
74. The ratio of lateral strain to B. air at 70˚F and 1 C. link
longitudinal strain. atmospheric D. machine
A. deformation C. air at 70˚F and 0lbf /in 90. The resultant of a pair of equal
B. modulus of elasticity D. steel at 70˚F forces but opposite in direction is
C. poisson’s ratio 83. The yield strength of common yellow called .
D. William’s line brass (70% Cu, 30%Zn) A. concurrent
75. Basic size is the same as design size A. annealing B. couple
if there is no: B. chill casting C. non-concurrent
A. allowance C. cold working D. resultant
B. clearance D. heat treatment 91. The helical and herringbone gear
C. limits 84. How do you call the forces not lie on teeth cut after heat treatment
D. tolerance the same plane? should have a hardness in the range
76. Forces that meet at a common point A. component of 210/300BHN. The pinion gear
are called: B. composition of forces teeth hardness on the other hand.
A. co-linear C. non-coplanar Ideally/normally should be at
B. concurrent D. resolution BHN.
C. coplanar 85. the distance between the center of A. 250/320
D. couple oscillation and the point of B. 350/380
77. Pair of equal and opposite (not suspension is called: C. 400/345
collinear) forces that tend cause a A. fix axis D. 340/350
rotation of a body. B. center of gravity 92. As a rule the center to center
A. centroids C. center of percussion distance between sprockets should
B. couple D. radius of oscillation not be less than times the
C. equilibrium 86. if the velocity is variable and diameter of the bigger sprocket and
D. vector regular/ constantly increasing the not less than 30 times the pitch or
78. Stress that resist being pulled apart. rate of change is called: more than about 50 times to pitch.
A. compressive A. acceleration A. 1.5
B. shear B. constant work B. 2
C. tensile C. moment C. 2.5
D. torsional D. motion D. 3
79. What is the other term applied to 87. The kinematics chain in which one 93. What is the carbon content range of
dynamic seals? link is considered fixed for the SAE 4140 chrome-molly steel after
A. gasket purpose of analysis but motion is treatment?
B. packing possible in other link: A. 0.30/0.45
C. seal A. belting B. 0.38/0.43
D. shield B. frame C. 0.38/0.45
80. Which type of hardening will work to C. mechanism D. 0.30/0.50
some extent in all metals? D. sprocket chain 94. Gear are manufactured usually in
A. annealing 88. All forces in the same plane are the following processes: milling,
B. austenitizing called generating, shaving, grinding and
C. martempering A. coplanar A. blanking
D. work hardening B. couple B. dinking
50

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. heat treatment A. Nickel nuts and other general applications
D. molding B. Aluminu in the coarse-thread series.
95. Flat belt that is too tight will induce C. White Iron A. UNC
strain on the bearing and belt . D. Lead B. UNF
A. Life will be shortened 2. It is a silvery dull, soft metal and the C. White iron
B. Result to uneconomical second lightest of all metals used in D. Lead
operation the industry. 9. What is the actual torque ratio of
C. Suffer/ shatter A. Nickel gear set divided by its gear ratio?
D. Will be sheared/cut B. Aluminum A. approach ratio
96. The resulting cross-sectional area of C. White Iron B. clearance
the tensile test specimen divided by D. Lead C. contact ratio
the specimen original area is called: 3. The least among iron ores for it D. efficiency
A. charpy test contains many impurities, poor in 10. Which of the following has low
B. % elongation iron contact and commonly used in coefficient of expansion, corrosion
C. Impact test England. resistant, weak in strength, and used
D. Izod test A. Hematite for non-ferrous applications as
97. SAE 51XXX belongs to the B. Magnetite alloying elements?
steel family. C. Limanite A. Aluminum
A. carbon D. Siderite B. Aluminum oxide
B. chromium 4. Which of the following is not C. Copper oxide
C. manganese considered to be precious metal? D. Copper
D. nickel A. Silver 11. Which of the following material(s) is
98. Which of the following gasket B. Gold recommended for large sprocket of
material which should avoid hot C. Platinum large speed ratio and having firm
liquid/steam application? D. Steel engagement?
A. Asbestos fiber 5. It is an alloy of copper and zinc. It is A. nickel-chromium steel
B. Nylon fiber approximately 1/3 zinc and 2/3 B. copper
C. Rubberized copper. C. cast iron
D. Wool A. Brass D. aluminum
99. Which of the following that describes B. Bronze 12. In which of the following carrying
the same material properties all C. Muntz metal capacity where roller bearing is
cover/ direction and at any particular D. silver utilized better than ball bearing?
point in a structural member? 6. It is a copper-tin alloy and is named A. heavy load
A. heterogeneous either bell metal or brown metal. B. low load
B. homogenous A. Brass C. high temperature load
C. isentropic B. Bronze D. reversing load
D. isotropic C. Muntz metal 13. Which of the following materials
100. Arc produced by two tungsten D. silver having thermal expansion of about
electrodes into which jet hydrogen is 7. It is a furnace that converts pig iron 10 times higher than those of
directed. into steel by oxidizing out the materials and has more heat
A. Atomic hydrogen welding surplus carbon and using oxygen by generated during machining?
B. Electro-beam welding throwing raw iron into the furnace. A. Aluminum
C. Hydrogen bomb A. Open-heart furnace B. Asbestos
D. Hydrogen lancing B. Electric furnace C. Plastic
Elements 11 C. Cupola D. PVC
1. A white metal, almost as bright as D. Bessemer 14. To avoid scoring in the bearing
silver and is malleable and ductile 8. The most commonly-used series in surface and the shaft on to
and can be welded. the bulk production of bolts, screws, contamination/ absorption of the
time dirt in the bearing during
51

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 operation/ lubrication the bearing B. power saw C. Drilling Machine D. Milling
material to apply should have good C. boring machine Machine
properties D. drilling machine 30. It is ability of a material to resist the
A. anti-scoring 22. All of these are classifications of iron loads that are applied suddenly and
B. corrosion resistance ore; except what? often at high velocity.
C. embeddability A. magnetite C. siderite A. Fatigue strength B. Impact
D. Conformability B. hematite D. sulfurite strength
23. It refers to the internal resistance of C.Hardness D.Shock strength
15. What do impact test measure? a material to being deformed and is 31. A steel of carbon range of 0.05to
A. Compactness measured in terms of the applied 0.03 percent is considered as what
B. Ductility load. type of steel?
C. Plasticity A. stress C. A. Low carbon steel
D. Toughness ductility B. High carbon steel
16. Which of the following types of gear B. strain D. C. Medium carbon steel
transmit power at a certain angle? malleability D. Very high carbon steel
A. Bevel 24. The property of a material which 32. A steel of carbon range of 0.30 to
B. Helix resists forces acting to pull the 0.45 percent a considered as what
C. Herringbone material apart. type of steel?
D. Spur A .tensile strength C. bending A. Low carbon steel
17. Which of the following gasket strength B. High carbon steel
material is not use for high B. compressive strength D. torsional C. Medium carbon steel
temperature? strength D. Alloyed Steel
A. Asbestos 25. The property of a material to resist 33. A steel of carbon range of 0.45 to
B. Plastic nylon loads that are applied 0.75 percent a considered as what
C. Rubberized A. magnetite C. siderite type of steel?
D. Wool B. hematite D. sulfurite A. Low carbon steel
18. How do you call a plane 26. The property of a material to resist B. High carbon steel
perpendicular to the gear axis? various kinds of rapidly alternating C. Medium carbon steel
A. Normal plane stresses. D. Alloyed Steel
B. Pitch plane A. fatigue strength B.bending 34. A steel of carbon range of 0.45 to
C. Plane of rotation strength 0.75 percent a considered as what
D. Radius of gyration C. compressive strength D. impact type of steel?
19. Which of the following is the strength A. Low carbon steel
specification of molybdenum alloy? 27. The ability of a material to resist B. High carbon steel
A. SAE 3XXX loads that are applied suddenly and C. Medium carbon steel
B. SAE 4XXX often at high velocity. D. Very high carbon steel
C. SAE 5XXX A. fatigue strength B. bending 35. Which of the ff. alloying elements of
D. SAE 6XXX strength steel will tend to increase its
20. Which of the following is abundant C. compressive strength D. impact strength w/out decreasing its
for ferrous metals? strength toughness or ductility and w/ its
A. Sulfur 28. The ability of a material to stretch, large quantities the steel become
B. Phosphorous ben, or twist w/out breaking or tough but develop high resistance
C. Manganese cracking. to corrosion and shock?
D. Carbon A. Ductility B. Malleability A. chromium
21. What machine is used to flatten C. Hardness D. Compressibility B. manganese
surface on a vertical, horizontal or 29. Which of the ff. is considered to be C. molybdenum
even angular plane? the father of all machine tools? D. nickel
A. Shaper machine A. Lathe Machine B.Boring 36. Which of the ff. alloying elements of
Machine steel will produce the greatest
52

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 hardening effect like carbon and at D. Quenching structure because the presence of
the same time reduces the 42. It is the heat treatment of steel that slag.
enlargement of its grain structure. produces extremely hard surface. A. nodular iron
A. chromium The process consists of exposing the B. malleable iron
B. manganese steel to hot ammonia gas for some C. wrought iron
C. molybdenum hours. D. gray iron
D. nickel A. Nitriding 49. A type of ferrous metal w/c is formed
37. Which of the ff. alloying elements of B. Cyaniding by remelting pig iron and scrap iron
steel will produce fine grain C. Carburizing in a cupola furnace. It is brittle and
structure and promotes greater D. Ammonia bath usually gray in color, and
toughness and ductility? 43. How do you call the metals that commonly used in making casting.
A. chromium contain large amount of carbon A. cast iron
B. manganese content? B. malleable iron
C. molybdenum A. ferrous metal C. wrought iron
D. nickel B. non ferrous metal D. gray iron
38. Which of the ff. alloying elements of C. base metal 50. A classification of iron ore w/c
steel w/c makes it extremely hard D. precious metal contains 70% iron when pure and
and resistance to _w/out making it 44. All these are the basic kinds of cast 50% iron when mined.
brittle? iron , Except: A. Hematite
A. chromium A. gray iron B. Magnetite
B. manganese B. malleable iron C. Limanite
C. molybdenum C. white iron D. Siderite
D. nickel D. red iron 51. .A classification of iron ore w/c
39. It is the elements used mostly in 45. Which of the ff. are the basic kinds contains 72.5% iron when pure and
steels designed for metal cutting of cast iron is harder and more the remaining percentages are
tools. The steels added by this difficult to machine because it impurities.
element are tough, hard and very contains carbon in carbide state? A. Hematite
resistant to wear. A. gray iron B. Magnetite
A. chromium B. malleable iron C. Limanite
B. tungsten C. white iron D. Siderite
C. molybdenum D. wrought iron 52. Which of the ff. iron ores also known
D. nickel 46. How do you call metals that have no as “brown hematite” or ferric oxide a
40. It is the element whose chief carbon content? yellowish brown powder?
function is to strengthen the ferrite. A. ferrous metal A. Hematite
It is used w/ tungsten to develop red B. malleable iron B. Magnetite
hardness or the ability to remain C. non ferrous metal C. Limanite
hard when red hot. D. white iron D. Siderite
A .chromium 47. Which of the ff. is the type of cast 53. Which of the ff. represents
B. cobalt iron that can stand more shock and manganese steel?
C. molybdenum blow than regular cast iron? A .13XX
D. nickel A. nodular iron B.40XX
41. It also known as the strain drawing. B. malleable iron C.50XX
It is the process whereby certain C. wrought iron D.10XX
degree of hardness is sacrificed in D. gray iron 54. It is another kind of furnace where
order to reduce brittleness and 48. It is a metal of almost pure iron, cast iron is remelted to make them
increase the toughness of steel tool. ductile and very tough. It can be into cast iron. The furnace is charges
A. Tempering hammered and shaped at high w/ layers of coke and pig iron plus
B. Normalizing temperature. It has a fibrous scrap iron.
C. Annealing A. Open-hearth furnace
53

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. electric furnace B. Medium carbon steel 66. The top surface joining the two sides
C. Cupola C. High carbon steel of a thread.
D. Bessemer D. Very high carbon steel A. pitch
55. A furnace w/c consists of blowing a 60. A steel numbered SAE-AISI, C1035 B. crest
stream of air through a molten mass when not rolled and contains 0.30% C. lead
of iron pig. A stream of air is turned to 0.60% carbon. D. space
on through the wind box and enters A. Low carbon steel 67. The amount of variation permitted in
the converter at the bottom. B. Medium carbon steel the size of a part is the difference
Manganese, carbon and other C. High carbon steel between the limits of maximum and
elements of varying amounts are D. Very high carbon steel the minimum dimensions of a given
added to produce steel w/c is then 61. A steel numbered SAE-AISI, C1035 part. It may be expressed at plus,
poured and solidifies. when not rolled and contains 0.60% minus, or as both plus and minus.
A. Open-hearth furnace to 1.30% carbon and used when A. tolerance
B. electric furnace extra hardness is required. B. limits
C. Cupola A. Low carbon steel C. variation
D. Bessemer B. Medium carbon steel D. clearance
56. A furnace similar to open hearth. C. High carbon steel 68. The instrument used to reshape a
This principal difference is the D. Very high carbon steel grinding wheel that is grooved or out
method of heating the charged .It is 62. Which of the ff. alloying elements of round is called a:
used in producing quality of steels used in making high speed steel. A. wheel aligner
because melting and refining is A .Molybdenum B. wheel emery
closely controlled. B. nickel C. wheel dresser
A. Open-hearth furnace C. manganese D. wheel cutter
B. electric furnace D. Silicon 69. The instrument used to remove old
C. Cupola 63. Which of the ff. alloying elements packing from cacking glands and
D. Bessemer used in springs to make more stuffing boxes are called:
57. It is the process of reheating or reliant. A. packing tools
drawing of metal that has been A Silicon B. gland box cleaner
hardened to a comparatively low B. Tungsten C. packing bits
temperature in order to relieve the C. hardness and resistance D. packing screw
hardening strain and increase the D. Nickel 70. When working on bearings and
toughness of the steel. 64. It refers to that property in steel w/c checking for high spots, it is
A. Tempering resist indention or penetration .It is customary to apply what?
B. Annealing usually expressed in forms of the A. white lead
C. Cyaniding area of an indention made by a B. dykem blue
D. Normalizing special ball under standard load, or C. red lead
58. Case hardening is the process of the depth of a special indenter. D. prussian blue
hardening the outer surface of the A. Hardness 71. If you wanted to check the face of a
metal and the inner parts are soft B. Ductility pump slide valve or other flat-faced
.What percentage of carbon content C. Malleability valve ,you could check for trueness
that this type of hardening is D. wears resistance on a:
allowed. 65. The distance from the point on a A. flat board
A.15% and above screw thread to a corresponding B. piece of glass
B.10 to 20% only point on a adjacent thread, C. surface plate
C. less than 5% only measured parallel to the axis. D. bearing plate
D. Any of the ff. A. Pitch 72. Which of the ff. is used to keep a
59. Steel numbered SAE-AISI, C1018 and B. lead metal clean while soldering?
contains 0.10% to 0.30% carbon. C. thread A. flax
A. Low carbon steel D. crest B. flux
54

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. torch C. flaring tool D. tube countersink B. ”V” block
D. insulated 81. Which of the ff. is not a standard C. jaw holder
73. Before splicing electric wires, they thread form? D. chuck
should be: A. square B. double 90. When measuring a drill for size
A. tinned flute measure across the:
B. soldered C. American national D.60 deg. A. margin
C. cleaned and tinned sharp V B. shank
D. insulate 82. How do you call the tool used to cut C. flutes
74. To check the speed of a motor or the threads in a hole? D. porx
other rotary machine one would use A .top B.bit 91. IN threaded members, w/c of the ff.
a: C.tap D. reamer defines N.C?
A. galvanometer 83. Hand taps are provided in sets of A. neutral cut
B. tachometer three. Which of the ff. set of three? B. national cut
C. micrometer A. taper, plug, and end C. national course
D. Geiger counter B. taper, plug and bottom D. not center
75. Before drilling a hole in a piece of C. short, taper and bottom 92. In threaded members, w/c of the ff.
metal , it should be: D. short, medium and long represents N.F?
A. marked w/ chalk 84. Which of the ff. taps should be used A. national file
B. scribed to start a thread? B. neutral file
C. center punch A. plug B. bottom C. National fine
D. protracted C. short D. taper D. not found
76. A tap or die marked ¼-20 indicates: 85. Which of the ff. size of the drill is 93. What tool used in precision work to
A. 1/4”2 radius-20 cm. long
used in preparing to tap a hole? smooth or enlarge
B. 1/4” diameter-20 threads per in
A. equal to the size of the tap A. round out
C. 1/4” radian -20 threads per in
B. larger than the size of the tap B. reamer
D. 1/42 turn-20 times
C. smaller than the size of the tap C. drift pin
77. After a piece of pipe has been cut, D. none of the above D. protractor
the hole is clean out w/ a: 86. Pipe taps are: 94. Which of the ff. chisels would be
A. piper reamer A. the same size from end to end used for cutting a groove?
B. pipe taper B. tapered A. diamond –point chisel
C. pipe cleaner C. not fluted B. round nose chisel
D. hole cleaner D. not hardened C. cold chisel
78. What do you call the tool(s) used for 87. When preparing to tap a hole pipe D. hot chisel
cutting threads? fitting the size of the drill will be: 95. Which of the ff. is not a cut of file?
A. pipe cutter A. larger than the tap size A. smooth
B. pipe threader B. smaller than the tap size B. half-round
C. pipe stock’ and die` C. equal to the size of the tap C. Second cut
D. pipe ratchet cutter D. none of the above D. bastard
79. How do you call the tool used when 88. Which of the ff. does not have to be 96. How do you call the tool used for
working large size of pipe? lubricated when drilling? cleaning files?
A .chain pipe wrench A. steel A. files cleaner B. file oilstone
B. chain holder B. monel C. file card D. scraper
C. chains tongs C. brass 97. Which of the ff. is the smallest size
D. A or B
D. tool steel drill?
80. What tool is used when preparing to 89. How do you call the tool used when A. #80 B. #1
put fittings on copper tubing? cutting a hole in the side of a round C. #60 D. #0
A. tube spreader B. tube piece of metal? 98. Which of the ff. is the largest size
retarder A. vise drill?
A. A B.Z
55

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C.X D.XX 6. Which of the following would c. Pipe stock
99. The size of a drill is stamped on the: cause hot bearings? d. Pipe cutter
A. point B. margin A. Improper oil 14. How do you call the pipe fitting
C. shank D. flute B. Improper alignment which has two openings and
100. A. operator must wear C. Dirt in oil provides a turn of 90 degrees?
goggles D. All of the above a. An elbow
B. the surface to be babbitted must 7. What is the approximate melting b. A coupling
be free of moisture point of Babbitt? c. A tee
C. the surface to be babbitted must A. 1000 deg. F d. A union
be clean B. 750 deg. F 15. In which of the following where
D. all of the above C. 650 deg. F plug cock offers?
ELEMENTS 12 D. 500 deg. F a. More resistance to flow
1. Which of the following safety 8. Which of the following is correct than a globe valve
precautions should be followed in pouring Babbitt? b. The same resistance to
when renewing a flange gasket? A. It can be done in several flow as a globe valve
A. drain the line thoroughly pouring c. Less resistance to
B. tie down isolation valves B. Must be poured all at one flow than a globe
C. isolate the section to be time valve
worked on C. Can be done at intervals d. The same resistance to
D. all of these D. Must be done in cool place flow as an angle valve
2. In installing a new flange gasket, 9. Which of the following groups of 16. What is the common flux to be
which of the following must be pipe sizes is correct? used when soldering brass,
done first? A. ¼, 1/2, ¾, 7/8, 1 copper or tin?
A. Flange faces are painted B. ¼, 3/8, ½, ¾, 1 a. Tallow
B. Flange faces are C. ¼, 3/8, ½, 5/8, ¾, 1 b. Borax
absolutely clean D. ¼, ½, 5/8, ¾, 1 c. Rosin
C. Isolating valves are open 10. Which of the following where d. Sal ammoniac
D. Old gasket is in place pipe wrench (Stillson) was 17. In one turn of the screw in a
3. Which of the following is correct designed to be used? micrometer, it moves the spindle
about standard wire gage? a. Hexagonal objects by what amount?
A. #10 is larger than #5 b. Square objects a. 0.25”
B. #1 is smaller than #2 c. Round objects b. 0.025”
C. #25 is smaller than #20 d. Flat objects c. 0.205”
D. #30 is larger than #25 11. In which of the following where d. 0.110”
4. Which of the following tools pipe is measured? 18. What is the process used to
would be most useful when a. Inside diameter retard corrosion on iron pipe?
taking leads on bearings? b. Thickness of wall a. Soldering
A. Dividers c. Outside diameter b. Tempering
B. Micrometer d. Wire gage c. Annealing
C. Outside calipers 12. In which of the following where d. Galvanizing
D. Center gage tubing is measured by: 19. On XX heavy pipe the extra
5. What is the wrench size for a ¾” a. Inside diameter metal is added to which of the
nut? b. Thickness of wall following?
A. 1-1/4” c. Outside diameter a. Outside
B. ¾” d. Wire gage b. Inside
C. 1- 1/2” 13. How do you call the tool used to c. Half on the inside, half
D. 10/24” cut threads on pipe? on the outside
a. Pipe tool
b. Pipe vise
56

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 d. Three quarters in the c. 48 b. Weaker than a soldered
outside, one quarter on d. 45 joint
the inside 25. Sheet metal of #18 gage is c. The same strength as a
20. Which is very necessary when heavier than: soldered joint
installing packing in a packing a. 12 gage d. Three times as strong as
box? b. 22 gage a soldered joint
a. Leave one old turn at the c. 14 gage 31. Brazing requires which of the
bottom of the packing d. 16 gage following/
box 26. What is the use of shims? a. Hot solder
b. Remove one turn and a. Separate fresh and salt- b. More heat
install one new turn of water lines c. Soft solder
packing b. Replace fuses d. A and B
c. Leave sufficient and c. Adjust cylinder liners 32. What is/are the primary
clearance on each turn d. Adjust bearing reason(s) why lead is used in
to allow for expansion clearances solder?
d. Place end cuts directly in 27. How do you call the process a. It has a high melting
line with each other used to retard corrosion (rust) on b. It is cheap
21. A square foot of steel plate 1/8” iron pipe and fitting? c. It has a low melting
thick weighs 5 pounds. The a. Tinning d. B and C
weight of a steel plate 10 feet b. Galvanizing 33. What is the name of the taper
long and 4 feet wide would be c. Soldering shank used on drills?
how much? d. Sulphurizing a. Miller
a. 200 lbs 28. In pipe fittings the term “offset” b. Starrett
b. 20 lbs refers to what? c. Morse
c. 2000 lbs a. A cut-off running at right d. Stanley
d. 20,000 lbs angles to the original 34. What is the effect if the melting
22. Cast iron weighs 640 pounds per piping point of solder is very high?
cubic foot. How much is the b. Two pipes running a. Weaker the solder joint
weight of cast iron block parallel to each other b. Stronger the solder
14”x12”x18”? c. A bend in the pipe joint
a. 1200 lbs d. Two sizes of pipe in the c. Softer the solder joint
b. 1120 lbs same run d. Harder the solder joint
c. 1000 lbs 29. In machine shop, if the lips of 35. Which of the following will likely
d. 1088 lbs the drill are of different lengths happen if the angle on a drill is
23. A tank 28” in diameter and 14’ then which of the following will less than 59 deg.?
high is filled with water. The total likely happen? a. The drill will make a
pressure on the bottom of the a. The drill will not cut larger hole
tank is: b. The hole will be larger b. The drill will make a
a. 3741 lbs than the drill smaller hole
b. 2573 lbs c. The hole will be smaller c. The hole will take
c. 4257 lbs than the drill longer to drill and more
d. 3000 lbs d. None of these will power is required to
24. A double-bottom tank is 18’ happen drive the drill
wide, 24’ long and 4’ deep. It is 30. Which of the following d. The drill will not center
filled with fresh water. The total statement(s) is correct for the properly
capacity in tons is: “brazed joint”/ 36. What is/are the reason(s) of soda
a. 50 a. Stronger than a being added to water and used
b. 55 for cooling instead of water?
soldered joint
57

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 a. It reduces the amount of 43. A piece if stock 6” long is 2” bottom of the next
heat generated diameter at one end and is cut thread
b. It improves the finish with a taper of ½” to the foot. d. The distance from the
c. It overcomes rusting The diameter of the smaller end bottom of a head on a
d. All of these will be: bolt to the first thread
37. What will likely happen if the a. 1 – ½” 48. A tool bit for cutting an
drill’s speed is too high? b. 1 – ¼” American National thread should
a. Cut faster c. 1 – ¾” be ground with what angle?
b. Cut slower 44. If a piston ring is to be made a. 45˚
c. Lose its temper 1/64” larger in diameter per inch b. 60˚
d. Not cut diameter of the cylinder which it c. 90˚
38. The lip clearance of a drill should d. 30˚
is to fit , the required diameter
be approximately how many 49. An approximate safe rule for
of the piston ring to fit an 8”
degrees? cutting new pistons for steam
cylinder will be:
a. 20 deg. – 25 deg. a. 8 – ¼” pumps is to allow:
b. 12 deg. – 15 deg. b. 8 – 3/16” a. 0.002” between piston
c. 5 deg. – 10 deg. c. 8 – 1/8” and cylinder for each
d. 15 deg. – 20 deg. d. 8 – 5/32” inch diameter of piston
39. If the cutting edges of a drill are 45. What is the reason why drill b. 0.001” between
cut at different angles: “squeal’s” when cutting? piston and cylinder
a. The drill will not cut
a. Drill being ground for each inch
b. The hole will be larger
improperly diameter of piston
than the drill b. Insufficient lubrication c. 0.010” between piston
c. The hole will be smaller c. Drill being too hot and cylinder for each
than the drill d. Any of the above inch diameter of piston
d. None of the above 46. In what operation where “center d. 0.0001” between piston
40. What is the correct cutting angle drilling” is to be found? and cylinder for each
on a drill for ordinary work? a. Drilling center in an odd- inch diameter of piston
a. 45 deg. shaped piece of metal 50. An approximate safe rule for
b. 59 deg.
b. Drilling and cutting new piston rings for
c. 50 deg.
countersinking with steam pumps is to make the
d. 65 deg.
one tool ring:
41. A piece of stock 8” long is 4”
c. Centering with one tool a. 1/32” larger in diameter
diameter on one end and 1”
and drilling with another per inch diameter of
diameter on the other end. The
d. Drilling a center in a cylinder
taper per foot is:
piece of stock in a drill b. 1/16” larger in diameter
a. 4”
press than that of the cylinder
b. 4 – ¼”
47. Which of the following defines c. 1/16” larger in
c. 4 – ½”
“pitch” in threads? diameter per inch
d. 4 – 1/16”
a. A distance of the full diameter of cylinder
42. A piece of stock 8” long is 3”
length of the thread d. 0.005” larger in
diameter at one end and 1 – ½”
b. The distance from a diameter per inch
diameter at other end. The taper
point on one thread to diameter of cylinder
per inch is:
a corresponding point 51. What is the approximate gap
a. ½”
on the next thread clearance for new piston rings
b. 3/16”
measured parallel to for steam pumps?
c. ¾”
the axis a. 0.003” for each inch of
d. 5/16”
c. The distance from the diameter of cylinder
top of one thread to the
58

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 b. 0.001” for each inch of b. Copper gasket on each 64. Grinding wheels have a range of
diameter of cylinder side of the wheel soft to hard abrasive materials
c. 0.010” for each inch of c. Only the steel washers depending on the use. Most
diameter of cylinder provided with the manufacturers letter their
d. 0.050” for each inch of machine wheels from A to Z. Which of the
diameter of cylinder d. None of the above following marks represents the
52. The familiar “3/8 – 16” in 58. What is the other term for the hardest?
machine shop means what? operation of “truing” a grinding a. E
a. 6 pieces, 3/8” long wheel? b. Z
b. Gear with 16 teeth and a a. Centering c. A
3/8” arbor hole b. Sizing d. E1
c. 3/8” square , 16” lone c. Dressing 65. What is the main difference
d. 3/8” diameter, 16 d. Rounding between a planer and a shaper?
threads per inch 59. What tool is used to check a. The planer has an offset
53. The work should be held , external pipe threads? table and the shaper has
when using a drill press. a. Plug gage a horizontal table
a. The hand b. Pitch gage b. The shaper has a rotting
b. A vise or clamp c. Thread gage table and the planer has
c. A gloved hand d. Ring gage a horizontal table
d. Pliers 60. What tool is used to check c. The table of a planer
54. What is/are the reason/s why internal pipe threads? has a reciprocating
tapered shanks are used on a. Plug gage motion past the tool
large drill presses? b. Pitch gage head while the table of
a. The drill can be centered c. Thread gage the shaper is stationary
more easily d. Ring gage and the tool head has a
b. The drill can be easily 61. Which of the following is used to reciprocating motion
forced out of a sleeve cut gears? d. One is larger than the
with a drift a. Gear cutter other
c. The shank will not turn b. Gear center 66. One of the factors involved in
when cutting c. Gear hob the choice of grinding wheel is:
d. The shank can be d. Gear threader a. The kind of material to
reground when worn 62. If you use dry grinding wheel for be ground
55. Which of the following is not a sharpening tool bits, dip the end b. The amount of stock to
common drill shank? of the bit in water frequently to be removed
a. Straight prevent: c. The kind of finish
b. Fluted a. Burning your fingers required
c. Taper b. Annealing the cutting d. All of the above
d. Bit edge of the bit 67. The “tang” of a file is the part
56. What is the usual cutting angle c. Hardening of the tip that:
on a drill for drilling mild steel? d. The tip from crystallizing a. Does the cutting
a. 39 deg. b. Has no teeth
b. 59 deg. 63. A piece of tool steel held against c. Fits into the handle
c. 49 deg. an emery wheel will give off: d. Is opposite the handle
d. 69 deg. a. White sparks with 68. In general, files are divided into
57. When installing a new grinding stars on the ends two classes called:
wheel, always use: b. Yellow sparks a. Single-cut and
a. Blotting paper gaskets c. No sparks double-cut
on each side of the d. Green sparks b. Rough and smooth
wheel
59

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 c. Fine and coarse a. Filing the surface c. Dirt on it
d. Heel and sizes b. Acid-cleaning the d. Any of the above
69. The length of a file is measured surface 80. Prepared soldered paste flux is
from: c. Scraping the surface most popular if you did not have
a. End to end d. Any of the above any, you could use:
b. Point to end 75. What is (are) the hand tool(s) a. Hydrochloric acid
c. Point to heel used for cutting threads on b. Nitric acid
d. Heel to end round stocks? c. Sulfuric acid
70. Which of the following where a. Stock and die d. Any of the above
“pillar” files are used? b. Stock 81. Hard solder is made of which of
a. Filling slots c. Die wrench the following?
b. Filing against a shoulder d. Stock cutter a. Copper and zinc
c. Filing keyways 76. A tapered piece of stock is 2” b. Tin and copper
d. Any of the above long, 1-1/8” diameter at one end c. Tin and zinc
71. Which of the following will and ¾” diameter at the other d. Tin and lead
usually happen to the blade of end. The taper per foot is: 82. Which of the following is the flux
flexible hacksaw applied by too a. 2” usually used for hard soldering?
much pressure? b. 2 – ¼” a. Rosin
a. Snap easily c. 2 – ½” b. Barium
b. Buckle or run out of d. 2 – 1/16” c. Borax
line 77. Which of the following best d. Alum
c. Cut too fast defines sweating? 83. In which of the following where
d. Cut on a slant a. Soldering two different straight muriatic acid is often
72. Which of the following best kinds of metal together used as a flux?
defines soldering? b. Separating two pieces of a. Galvanized iron
a. It is holding two metals metal that have been b. Sheet steel
together by heating soldered together c. Cast iron
b. It is joining two metals c. Tinning two surfaces, d. Any of the above
by a third soft metal applying, flux between 84. For aluminum, special solders
that is applied in molten them, holding the two are being used and will usually
state together and heating require which of the following?
c. It is holding two different d. None of the above a. More heat
kind of metals together 78. If muriatic acid is used as a flux, b. The same heat as
by heating the soldered area must be copper wire
d. It is joining two metals cleaned thoroughly afterwards to c. Less heat
together by heating prevent: d. The same heat as sheet
73. What is the use of flux in a. Anyone touching it from metal
soldering? getting burned 85. Copper is annealed by heating to
a. Keep the solder from b. Remaining acid from a cherry red color and .
running off the metal eating the metal a. Dousing in cold water
b. Keep the metal from c. The acid from b. Dousing in oil
getting too hot evaporating and the c. Cooling slowly in air
c. Keep the tip of the solder disintegrating d. Dousing in hot water
soldering iron clean d. None of the above 86. Soft solder is made of which of
d. Remove and prevent 79. Solder will not unite with a metal the following?
oxidation of the metals surface that has: a. Copper and zinc
74. A surface should be prepared for a. Grease on it b. Tin and copper
soldering by: b. Oxidation on it c. Tin and lead
d. Tin and zinc
60

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

87. A piece of mild steel held a. 4 flutes B. Aluminum
against an emery wheel will give b. 2 flutes C. Tubing
off . c. 3 flutes D. Any of the above
a. Bright shiny sparks d. No flutes
b. No sparks Elements 13
94. Where is the correction position 1. Hacksaw blades are made of what
c. Light straw-colored of the tool bit when facing off a
sparks materials?
piece of material in the lathe A. tool steel
d. Green sparks chuck?
88. A gear wheel making 156 RPM B. tungsten alloy steel
a. Above center C. high-speed steel
has 56 teeth. It drives another b. Below center
gear at 91 RPM. The number of D. any of the above
c. At the center 2. A hacksaw blade with 24 TPI is best
teeth on the second gear is: d. Off center
a. 65 suitable for cutting which of the following
95. Standard vise has jaws? materials?
b. 50 a. Soft
c. 90 A. tubing
b. hard B. brass and copper
d. 96 c. semi-hard
89. Tool steel can be hardened by C. sheet metal over 18 gage
d. semi-soft D. any of the above
which of the following? 96. In machining, which of the
a. Heating red hot and 3. Which of the following is a "must"for all
following could be the reason if hard hacksaw blades?
plunging into water tool bit burns?
b. Heating red hot and A. It has a hard back and flexible teeth
a. Speed is too slow B. It has a flexible back and hard teeth
cooling in a blast of air b. Material is too hard
c. Heating red hot and C. It has the entire blade hardened
c. Speed is too fast D. It will only fit a solid frame hacksaw
plunging into linseed or d. Material cannot be cut
cottonseed oil 4. How many positions can a hacksaw blade
97. Which of the following where the be placed in a frame?
d. Any of the above, lathe compound is used?
depending on type A. Two positions
a. Angle cutting B. One position
and use b. Facing
90. At what temperature where soft C. Four position
c. Grooving D. Three position
solder approximately melts? d. Any of the above
a. 250 deg. 5. Files are divided into two general classes.
98. When the dial on the cross-feed How are these classified?
b. 450 deg. is turned 0.010”, how much is
c. 350 deg. A. Rough and smooth
removed from the diameter of B. Single-cut and double-cut
d. 550 deg. the stock being cut?
91. What material where a scriber is C. Large and small
a. 0.010” D. Glat shapes and round shapes
made from? b. 0.005”
a. Carbon steel 6. The term "set" of a saw best defines
c. 0.020” what?
b. Tool steel d. 0.015”
c. Cold-rolled steel A. To set properly in the frame
99. Which of the following describes B. Alternate teeth are turned slightly to
d. Hot-rolled steel a flexible back hacksaw blade?
92. What should be done first before left and right to make cutting slot
a. Only the teeth slightly wider than the thickness of
applying layout blue on a piece hardened
of metal? the blade
b. A movable back C. The teeth have been case-hardened
a. Roughened c. Flexible ends
b. Clean for better cutting
d. Only the back hardened D. The teeth are set evenly apart
c. Hot 100. The flexible type hacksaw blade is best
d. cold 7. All hard hacksaw blades is best suited for
suited for which of the following work on which of the following?
93. How many flutes does a drill bit materials?
have? A. Brass
A. Channel iron
61

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. Cast iron 14. What is the used for finishing a piece of 22. What is the approximate distance of the
C. Tool steel work to size with a file? marking on a micrometer barrel?
D. Any of the above a. Double-cut-fine tooth file a. 0.025" apart
8. Which of the following is the best b. Mill file b. 0.0025" apart
instrument for measuring thousandths of an c. Single-cut fine tooth file c. 0.250" apart
inch? d. Crossing file d. 2.50" apart
a. Caliper 15. The process of finishing off a piece of 23. Which of the following is the effect if the
b. Micrometer metal with a real smooth finish. lathe is put into back gear?
c. Tachometer a. Draw - filing a. Go backward of the same speed
d. Pyrometer b. Mill-filing b. Faster
9. A hacksaw blade with 34 teeth per inch c. Side-filing c. Slower
should be used for cutting which of the d. Flat-filing d. At a lower speed backward
following materials? 16. How do you call a small piece of metal 24. The work should be held with
a. Brass clogged between the teeth on the file? when using a drill press?
b. Heavy stock a. Clogs a. The hand
c. Cast iron b. Pins b. A vise or clamp
d. Thin wall tubing c. Flats c. A pair of pliers
10. Where is the hacksaw blade should be d. Bumps d. Gloves on
placed in the? 17. Which of the following is described as 25. What is normally used in drilling a hole in
a. The teeth pointing forward the "safe edge" of tge file? a piece of work held in a lathe chuck?
b. The teeth pointing backward a. The end opposite the handle a. Compound rest
c. One end looser than the other end b. The edge with no teeth b. Tailstock and drill chuck
d. The teeth facing in any direction c. The one with the handle c. Cross-feed
11. Which of the following is the usual d. None of the above d. Headstock
procedure when cutting a long thin piece of 18. The best procedure when filing a piece of 26. Copper is annealed by heating to a
metal? metal in a lathe is to take: cherry red color and:
a. Turn the blade upside down in the a. Short even strokes a. Dousing in cold water
frame b. Long fast strokes b. Dousing in oil
b. Turn the blade at right angles to c. Long slow strokes c. Cooling slowly in air
the frame d. Short fast strokes d. Dousing in hot water
c. Use a blade with fewer teeth per 19. Which of the following information is 27. What is the main purpose of "annealing"
inch necessary when ordering a file? a metal?
d. Set the blade in the frame with a. Size (length) a. To make the metal harder
the teeth facing toward you b. Type of teeth b. To make the metal softer
12. A hacksaw blade with 18 teeth per inch c. Shape c. To make the metal harder
is best suited for cutting what materials? d. All of the above medium-hard
a. Solid stock 20. Which of the following is the best file to d. To make the metal harder shiny
b. Aluminum be used when finishing sharp corners or 28. Te purpose of "tempering” is to make a
c. Cast iron slots and grooves? metal what?
d. Any of the above a. Mill file a. Harder
13. What is the used of coolant in the power b. Knife file b. Less brittle
hacksaw when cutting materials? c. Square c. Softer
a. Absorb the heat of friction d. Jeweler's file d. More brittle
b. Prevent the blade from over 21. How is "eleven-sixteenths" of an inch 29. What is the minimum diameter of a
heating expressed in decimal? piece of round stock necessary to make a
c. Prevent the blade from losing its a. 0.6785 square key 3/4 on a side?
temper b. 0.6875 a. 1.5"
d. All of the above c. 0.7685 b. 1.0"
d. 0.6578 c. 1.06"
62

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 d. 0.75" b. Cutting angles c. Polishing
30. A scriber is made from what materials? c. Small-diameter cutting d. Pickling
a. Carbon steel d. None of the above 45. The process in which the metalis dipped
b. Tool steel 38. When cutting the materials in a lathe, in dilute acid solutions to remove dirt grease
c. Cold-rolled steel the harder the materials being cut, the tool and oxides.
d. Hot-rolled steel bit should be: a. Sheradizing
31. Before applying layout blue on a piece of a. More side rake b. Super finishing
metal, it must be: b. More top rake c. Polishing
a. Roughened c. Less side rake d. Pickling
b. Cleaned d. No side rake 46. A hot-dip or electroplate application of
c. Heated 39. What is the primary purpose of knurling? tin to steel.
d. Cold a. Smooth material a. Tin-plating
32. A drill bit has how many flutes? b. Roughen material b. Metal spraying
a. 4 flutes c. Polish material c. Organic finishes
b. 2 flutes d. Sharpen material d. Lapping
c. 3 flutes 40. What do you call the process of 47. A fine grinding operation used to obtain
d. No flutes removing the sharp edges from a piece of exact fit and dimensional accuracy.
33. Te alignment of coupling faces can be stock? a. Tin-plating
checked by what process? a. Knurling b. Metal spraying
a. Inserting an inside micrometer b. Planning c. Organic finishes
b. Inserting a thermocouple c. Chamfering d. Lapping
c. Inserting a feeler gage between d. Turning 48. The covering of surfaces with an organic
the coupling faces at various points around 41. At what speed that carbon steel drill film of paint enamel or lacquer.
the circumference should be operated? a. Tin-plating
d. rotating and measuring to nearest a. Speed greater than that when b. Metal spraying
permanent fitting using a high speed drill c. Organic finishes
34. A piece of cast iron held against emery b. Speed less than that when d. Lapping
wheel will gas off what? using a high speed drill 49. The spraying of molten metal onto
a. Dull yellow sparks c. The same speed as that when product. Methods include metalizing,metal
b. Red sparks using a high speed drill powder spraying and plasma frame
c. Bright shiny sparks d. None of the above spraying.
d. No sparks 42. A specific method of zinc galvanizing in a. Tin-plating
35. When cutting materials in a lathe, the which parts are tumbled in zinc dust at high b. Metal spraying
softer the materials being cut, the tool bit temperatures. c. Organic finishes
should have: a. Sheradizing d. Lapping
a. More top rake b. Super finishing 50. Application of a thin phosphate on steel
b. Double top rake c. Polishing to improve corrosion resistance.
c. Less top rake d. Pickling a. Parkerizing
d. Any of the above 43. Abrasion of parts against wheels or belts b. Honing
36. After grinding a tool bit, the cutting coated with polishing compounds. c. Hand surfacing
should be: a. Sheradizing d. Galvanizing
a. Case-hardened b. Super finishing 51. This process is known as bonderizing
b. Stoned with an oilstone c. Polishing when used as a partner for paints.
c. Rubbed with emery cloth d. Pickling a. Parkerizing
d. Rubbed with crocus cloth 44. A super fibe grinding operation used to b. Honing
37. When turning a piece of round metal in a expose no fragmented, crystalline base c. Hand surfacing
lathe, the front clearance should be smaller metal. d. Galvanizing
for: a. Sheradizing
a. Large-diameter cutting b. Super finishing
63

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

52. The grinding operation using stones 58. A fine finishing operation, similar to 65. Often ground in the cutting tool face to
moving in a reciprocating pattern. Leaves a polishing, using a very fine polishing cause long chips to break into shorter, more
characteristic cross-hatch pattern compound. manageable pieces.
a. Parkerizing a. Electroplating a. A chip breaker grooves
b. Honing b. Calorizing b. Discontinuous chips
c. Hand surfacing c. Burnishing c. Non-segmented chips
d. Galvanizing d. Buffing d. Type-two chips
53. The creation (by sprayng,plating, fusion 59. Rotating parts in a barrel filled with an 66. What is the typical chip ratio?
welding, or heat treatment) of a hard metal abrasive or non abrasive medium. Widely a. 0.50
surface in a softer product. used to remove burrs, flash, scale, and b. 0.75
a. Parkerizing oxides c. 0.25
b. Honing a. Abrasive cleaning d. 1.00
c. Hand surfacing b. Calorizing 67. The angle at which the tool meets the
d. Galvanizing c. Barrel finishing workpiece is characterized by:
54. A zinc coating applied to low carbon d. Anodizing a. True rake angle
steel to improve corrosion resistance. The 60. An electroplating - acid bath oxidation b. Clearance angle
coating can be applied in a file dip bath, by process for aluminum and magnesium. The c. Relief angle
electroplating or by dry tumbling workplace is the anode in the electrical d. Wedge angle
(sheradizing) circuit. 68. Which of the following is the sum of the
a. Parkerizing a. Abrasive cleaning rake, clearance of wedge angles?
b. Honing b. Tumbling a. 90deg.
c. Hand surfacing c. Barrel finishing b. 180deg.
d. Galvanizing d. Anodizing c. 45deg.
55. The electro-deposition of a coating onto 61. Shooting sand (i.e sand blasting), steel d. 75deg.
the workplace. Electrical current is used to grit, or steel shot against work pieces to 69. What is the relative velocity difference
drive ions in solution to the part. The remove casting sand, scale and oxidation. between the tool and the workpiece?
workpiece is the cathode in the electrical a. Abrasive cleaning a. Cutting speed
circuit. b. Tumbling b. Chip velocity
a. Electroplating c. Barrel finishing c. Shear velocity
b. Calorizing d. Anodizing d. Rake velocity
c. Burnishing 62. What is the other term for barrel 70. How do you call the velocity of the chip
d. Buffing finishing? relative to the act face?
56. The diffusing of aluminum into a steel a. Abrasive cleaning a. Cutting speed
surface,producing an aluminum oxide that b. Tumbling b. Chip velocity
protects the steel from high-temperature c. Barrel finishing c. Shear velocity
corrosion d. Anodizing d. Rake velocity
a. Electroplating 63. Brittle materials produce discrete 71. How do you call the velocity of the chip
b. Calorizing fragments known as relative to the work piece?
c. Burnishing a. A chip breaker grooves a. Cutting speed
d. Buffing b. Discontinuous chips b. Chip velocity
57. How do you call the process of fine c. Non-segmented chips c. Shear velocity
grinding it peering operation designed to d. Type-two chips d. Rake velocity
leave a "characteristic pattern on the 64. Ductile materials form long helix-coiled 72. Which of the following is the primary
surface of the workplace"? string chips known as: parameter affecting the cutting energy
a. Electroplating a. Continuous chips requirement?
b. Calorizing b. Discontinuous chips a. Compressive stress
c. Burnishing c. Segmented chips b. Shear stress
d. Buffing d. Type-one chips c. Torsional stress
d. Bending stress
64

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

73. The energy expended per unit volume 80. Which of the following are used in a. Ceramic tools
removed is known as: specific case, usually finishing operations? b. Diamonds
a. Specific cutting energy a. Sintered carbides c. High speed Steel
b. Metal removal rate b. Ceramic tools d. Carbon tool steel
c. Cutting horsepower c. Diamonds 88. Cast non-ferrous tools are brittle but can
d. Absolute cutting energy d. Cast non-ferrous be used up to approximately:
74. A plain carbon steel with approximately 81. Used as finishing operation since very a. 1700 F
0.9 to 1.3% carbon, which has been fine and dimensionally accurate surface can b. 2200 F
hardened and tempered? be produced. c. 2000 F
a. Carbon tool steel a. Grinding d. 600 F
b. High speed steel b. Snagging 89. They are produced through powder
c. Low speed steel c. Honing metallurgy from non-ferrous materials.
d. Medium speed steel d. Lapping a. Diamonds
75. Contains tungsten or chromium and 82. Describes very rough grinding, such as b. Cast non-ferrous
retains its hardness up to approximately t5hat performed in foundries to remove c. Ceramic tools
600C. gates, fins, and risers from cesting. d. Sintered Carbides
a. Carbon tool steel a. Grinding 90. Sintered carbide operates as cutting
b. High speed steel b. Snagging speeds how many times as fast as HSS tools:
c. Low speed steel c. Honing a. 2 to 5
d. Medium speed steel d. Lapping b. Thrice
76. Cast non-ferrous tools are brittle but can 83. Grinding in very much little material, c. 5 to 7
be used up to approximately: 0.01 to 0.005 is removed. d. Twice
a. 1000 C a. Grinding 91. Which of the following is manufactured
b. 925 C b. Snagging from aluminum oxide have the same
c. 1500 C c. Honing expected life as carbide tools but can
d. 750 C d. Lapping operate at speeds from two to three times
77. Which of the following is produced 84. Which of the following is not a higher?
through powder metallurgy from non-ferrous measuring device? a. Ceramic tools
metals? a. Orsatanalyser b. High speed steels
a. Sintered carbides b. Thermometer c. Diamonds
b. Ceramic tools c. Micrometer caliper d. Carbon tool steel
c. Diamonds d. Divider 92. Able in the presence of high temperature
d. Cast non-ferrous 85. A plain carbon steel with approximately iron used in specific cases, usually in
78. Ceramic tools operate at what 0.9 to 1.3% carbon which has been finishing operations.
temperatures? hardened and tempered. a. Ceramic tools
a. Below 2000F a. Carbon tool steel b. Diamonds
b. Below 2200F b. Cast non-ferrous c. High speed steel
c. Above 2000F c. High speed steel d. Aluminum
d. Above 2200F d. Diamond 93. Percent of the heat developed in cutting
79. Which of the following is manufactured 86. Carbon tool steel can be given a good is due to friction between the tool and the
from aluminum oxide have the same edge, but is restricted to use below: work piece is?
expected life as carbide tools but can a. 400 to 600 F a. Approximately 50%
operate at speeds from two to three times b. 300 to 400 F b. Approximately 10%
higher? They operate below 1100 C. c. 700 to 800 F c. Approximately 25%
a. Sintered carbides d. 800 to 1000 F d. Approximately 75%
b. Ceramic tools 87. Which of the following contains tungsten 94. Which of the following is used to reduced
c. Diamonds or chromium and retains its hardness up to friction, removed heat, remove chips and
d. Cast non-ferrous approximately 1100 F, a property known as protect against corrosion.
red harness? a. Water vapor
65

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 b. Carbon 1. Which of the following uses high- 8. It is used to cut or burn very small
c. Air energy electrical discharges to shape holes in the work piece with high
d. Cutting fluid electrically conducting work piece? dimensional accuracy.
95. Which of the following is a good heat A. electrochemical machining A. electrochemical machining
remove but it promote rust? B. electrochemical grinding B. laser machining
a. Air C. electrical discharge machining C. chemical milling
b. Kerosene D. ultrasonic grinding D. electronic erosion
c. Carbon Dioxide 2. For common brass tools, wear ratios 9. A general term used to denote the
d. Water for the tool and work piece vary blanking, bending and forming and
96. Addition of to water produces between: shearing of thin-gage metals.
an efficient inexpensive cutting fluid that A. 4:1 A. presswork
does not promote rusting. B. 20:1 B. transfer die
a. Sal soda C. 20:1 C. strip die
b. Kerosene lubricants D. 8:1 D. brake
c. Straight cutting oil 3. For expensive tool materials, wear 10. Used with dies and punches to form
d. Air ratios for the tool and work piece vary the work pieces
97. It reduces friction and do not cause rust between: A. station
but are less efficient of heat removal than A. 4:1 B. transfer die
water: B. 20:1 C. strip die
a. Sal soda C. 10:1 D. presses
b. Kerosene lubricants D. 8:1 11. With the work piece
c. Straight cutting oil 4. It removes heat by electrolysis in a advances through a sequence of
d. Air high current deplating operation operations:
98. Taylor’s equation relates cutting speed v A. electrochemical machining A. presswork
and tool life T for particular combination of B. electronic erosion B. brakes
tool and workplace, VTn = constant. This C. electrospark machining C. tonnage
equation is also known as: D. electrical discharge machining D. progressive dies
a. Flank wear 5. What is the other name of electrolytic 12. Cut pieces from flat plates, strips
b. Nose failure grinding? and coil stock
c. Crater wear A. laser grinding A. shearing
d. Tool life B. electrochemical grinding B. bends allowance
99. After any cutting or standard grinding C. ultrasonic grinding C. forming dies
operation, the surface of the workplace will D. chemical milling D. spring back
consist of: 6. It is typically used in the manufacture 13. It produces usable pieces, leaving
a. Smear metal of printed circuit boards, is the selective the source piece behind as scrap
b. Ultrafinishing removal of material not protected by a A. punching
c. Superfinishing mask. B. drawing
d. Centerless grinding A. chemical milling C. blanking
100. A method that does not require B. laser machining D. coining
clamping, chucking, or holding round work C. ultrasonic machining 14. The operation of removing scrap
pieces. D. electronic erosion blanks from the work piece, leaving the
a. Centerless grinding 7. It can be used to shape hard brittle source piece as the final product
b. Laser machining materials such as glass, ceramics, A. punching
c. Chemical milling crystals and gem stones, as well as tool B. drawing
d. Ultrafinishing steels and other metals. C. clanking
ELEMENTS 14 A. chemical milling Coining
B. laser machining 15. A cold forming process that converts
C. ultrasonic machining a flat into hollow vessel
D. electronic erosion A. embossing
66

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

B. drawing C. powered hammers D. plastic molding
C. swaging D. impactor forging 30. To facilitate the removal of the
d. punching 23. The forging blows are repeated at pattern, all surfaces parallel to the
16. It is used in the production of coins, the rate of more than 300 times a direction of withdrawal are slightly
is a severe operation requiring high minute for tapered. This taper is called
tonnage, due to the fact that the metal A. gravity drop hammers or board A. gate
flow is completely confined within the hammers B. riser
die cavity B. press forging C. sprue
A. coining C. powered hammers D. draft
B. embossing D. impactor forging 31. In the gating system, the metal is
C. swaging 24. The work piece is held in position poured into a sprue hole and enters a
D. blanking while the dies are hammered vertical passage known as
17. Forms shallow raised letters or other horizontally into it from both sides A. gates
designs in relief on the surface of sheet A. gravity drop hammers or board B. downgate
metal blanks hammers C. draft
A. coining B. press forging D. risers
B. embossing C. powered hammers 32. Serve as accumulators to feed
C. swaging D. impactor forging molten metal into the cavity during
D. blanking 25. Involves holding and applying initial shrinkage
18. Reduce the work piece area by cold pressure to round heated blanks A. gates
flowing the metal into die cavity by a A. upset forming B. downgate
high compressive force or impact B. flash C. draft
A. coining C. pickling D. risers
B. embossing D. parting line 33. An entrance to the cavity maybe
C. swaging 26. With , the part is shaped by constricted to control the rate of fill and
D. blanking a slow squeezing reaction, rather than such constrictions are known
19. The repeated hammering of a work impacts as
piece to obtain the desired shape A. drop forging A. gates
A. spring back B. impactor forging B. downgate
B. blanking C. press forging C. sprue
C. punching D. upset forging D. risers
D. forging 27. Following forging, the part will have 34. Molten metal is poured into a metal
20. Relies on closed impression dies to a thin projection of excess metal as or graphite mold where pressure is not
produce the desired shape at the parting line used to fill the mold
A. hammer forging A. pickling A. sand molding
B. open die forging B. flash B. plastic molding
C. smith forging C. trimmer dies C. gravity molding
D. drop forging D. upset D. non-gravity molding
21. What is the other name give to 28. The flash is trimmed off by 35. Suitable for creating parts of zinc,
gravity drop hammers? in a subsequent operation aluminum, copper, magnesium, and
A. board hammers A. pickling lead/tin alloys
B. press forging B. upset A. die casting
C. powered hammers C. trimmer dies B. investment casting
D. impactor forging D. forging C. centrifugal casting
22. The forging blows are repeated at 29. With , a mold is produced by D. continuous casting
the rate of several times a minute for packing and around a pattern 36. More than how may percent of all die
A. gravity drop hammers or board A. sand molding casting uses zinc alloys?
hammers B. gravity molding A. 50%
B. press forging C. die casting B. 25%
67

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

C. 75% D. white iron D. scalar
D. 80% 44. Which of the forces whose line of 51. The use of hardened steel for the
37. Molten metal is forced under actions are parallel but not necessarily mating metal gear appears to give the
pressure into a permanent metallic mold equal in magnitude best results and longer operational life.
known as A. couple The usual hardness in the range of
A. die B. resultant A. over 600 BHN
B. mold C. non collinear B. below 350 BHN
C. alloy D. non concurrent C. 300 to 400 BHN
D. torpedo 45. The product of the mass and the D. over 400 BHN
38. The cast iron flywheels are velocity of the center of gravity of the 52. It is the product of the resultant of all
commonly designed with a factor of body is called forces acting on a body and the time
safety of A. linear momentum A. linear momentum
A. 14 to 15 B. linear impulse B. angular momentum
B. 8 to 9 C. angular impulse C. linear impulse
C. 10 to 13 D. angular momentum D. all of these
D. 6 to 12 46. Two parallel shaft connected by pure 53. The separate forces which can be so
39. A pair of equal and opposite (not rolling turn in the same direction and combined are called
collinear) forces that tend cause a having a speed ratio of 2.75, what is the A. concurrent forces
rotation of a body distance of the two shaft if the smaller B. couple
A. couple cylinder is 22cm in diameter C. non concurrent forces
B. equilibrium A. 16.60cm D. component forces
C. centroids B. 25.25cm 54. Continuous stretching under load
D. vector C. 30.25cm even if the stress is less than the yield
40. It is the ratio of the pitch diameter in D. 19.25cm point
inches to the number of teeth 47. The distance between similar A. plasticity
A. pitch circle equality-spaced tooth surfaces in a B. creep
B. module given direction and along a given line C. elasticity
C. English module A. pitch circle D. ductility
D. pitch diameter B. pitch 55. The most known lubricants being
41. When the motion is diminished C. pitch plane utilized in whatever category of load and
/decreasing instead of increasing is D. pitch diameter speed are oil, air, grease and dry
called 48. It is simply defined as a simple push lubricants like
A. deceleration and pull A. bronze
B. retarded motion A. power B. silicon
C. uniform negative impulse B. work C. lead
D. all of these C. inertia D. graphite
42. Which of the following is a unit or D. force 56. A coupling that allows axial
energy 49. How did you call opposite directional flexibility/movement in the operation.
A. ft-lb forces equal in magnitude and parallel Made of alternate bolting of steel,
B. BTU/hr A. non coplanar leather, fabric and/or plastic material
C. hp B. couple into the two flanges
D. watt C. centroid A. flexible disk coupling
43. When high strength and durability D. coplanar B. flexing Oldham coupling
are a requirements for choosing gear 50. Which of the following terms is C. flexible toroidal spring coupling
materials it is preferable to use applied to quantities such as time, D. elastic-material bonded coupling
material volume and density? 57. It consists of two cranks, a stationary
A. hardened bronze A. couple piece called the line of centers and the
B. phenolic laminated B. components connecting rod is
C. steel C. resultants A. five bar linkage
68

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

B. three-crank linkage C. hardening of each tooth D. all of these
C. four-crank braces D. hunting tooth addition 72. The angle included between the
D. four-bar linkage 65. helix angle in the range of sides of the thread measured in an axial
58. Used to change rotary motion to degree is recommended plane in a screw thread
reciprocating motion for wide-face helical gears A. angle of thread
A. rack gears A. less than 15 B. helix angle thread
B. helical gears B. 20 to 35 C. angle between thread or 40
C. hypoid gears C. less than 20 D. half angle thread or 20
D. herringbone gears D. 20 to 22 73. When an air entrainment agent is
59. The effective face width of a helical 66. Difference between maximum put into a concrete mix
gear divided by gear axial pitch material limits mating parts. Or it is a A. the water/cement ratio must be
A. approach ratio minimum clearance or maximum reduced
B. arc of recess interference between parts B. the strength will decrease
C. arc of action A. tolerance C. minimal effect
D. face overlap B. variance D. the strength will suffer up to 50%
60. Pitch diameter less the diameter of C. fits 74. The ratio of moment of inertia on a
the roller chain is equal to D. allowance cross-section of a beam to this section
A. top land 67. The changes in shape or geometry of modulus is
B. addendum the body due to action of a force on it is A. a measure of distance
C. bottom diameter called deformation or B. equal to the radius of gyration and
D. face overlap A. shear stresses compression
61. Generally applied on speed reducer B. compressive stress C. multiplied by the bending moment of
due to large speed ratio C. stresses inertia determine the yield stress
A. bevel gears D. strains D. equal to the area of the cross-section
B. worm gears 68. The reciprocal of a diametral pitch or and tension
C. helical gears the ratio of the pitch diameter to the no. 75. The ratio of moment of inertia of the
D. hypoid gears of teeth cross section of a beam to the section
62. If shaft size is specified as-diameter A. lead modulus is ?
2.00’’ max, and 1.99’’ min in diameter B. involute A. equal to the radius of gyration
then the 0.010’’ could be defined as C. module B. equal to the area of the cross
A. allowance D. clearance section
B. variance 69. One of these materials is not a C. multiplied by the bending moment to
C. fit structural steel? determine the stress
D. tolerance A. low carbon steel D. measure of distance
63. A material plane was subjected to a B. stainless steel 76. Poisson’s ratio is the ratio of
load. When the load was removed the C. tool and die steel A. elastic limit to yield strength
strain disappeared. From the structural D. medium carbon steel B. lateral deformation to the
change which of the following can be 70. In elastic body whose primary longitudinal deformation
considered about this material? function is to deflect order load C. shear strain to unit strain
A. it has high modules of elasticity A. clutch D. elastic limit to shear strength
B. it is plastic B. brake 77. Alloy that improves strength of steel
C. it does not follow Hookes law C. stopper at high temperature application
D. it is elastic D. spring A. aluminum
64. For an evenly distributed and 71. Flat leather belting not B. silicon
uniform wear on each meshing gear recommended for used in a speed in C. manganese
tooth, the ideal design practice is to excess of fpm D. chromium
considered a A. 3600 78. The differential of the shear equation
A. wear resistance alloy addition to tooth B. 6000 is the
gears C. 4800 A. deflection of the beam
B. heat treatmentof the gears
69

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

B. tensile strength of beam C. aluminum oxide B. 6000
C. comprehensive strength of the beam D. iron oxide C. 7000
D. load on the beam 86. The best materials for brake drums D. 6500
79. Length of contact between two is 93. The properties of metal to withstand
mating parts in a screw and nut threads A. aluminum loads without breaking down is
measured axially is termed B. steel material A. elasticity
A. length of engagement C. cast iron B. plasticity
B. arc of contacts D. wrought iron C. strength
C. axis of contact 87. The property that characterizes a D. strain
D. depth of engagement material’s ability to be drawn into a wire 94. Almost always the soldering
80. The sum of their addendums and A. tensile strength materials are a combination of the
deddendum is B. endurance limit following alloys
A. whole depth C. ductility A. all of these
B. width of space D. thermal conductivity B. tin & antimony
C. full depth 88. The alloy materials used in the C. lead & tin
D. working depth production of metal working tools D. lead & antimony
81. It is recommended not to have a A. titanium, phosphorus 95. The most popular of all soldering
direct drive between driven and drive B. vanadium, chromium, molybdenum materials in use has composition of
sprockets if the ratio of their teeth C. tungsten, silicon, hadfield A. 45/55% tin & lead
exceeds . Use 2 or more step D. high carbon steel B. all of these
combination 89. Which of the phases of steel C. 50/50% tin & lead
A. 10 times elements has a face-centered cubic D. 60/40% tin & lead
B. 5 times structure? 96. The relative strength of a cut
C. 8 times A. pyrite welding could be safety assumed
D. 6 times B. cementite as % efficiency
82. Stresses that are independent of C. austenite A. 95
loads is called D. all of these B. 90
A. working stress 90. The rigidity of polymer can be C. 98
B. simple stress increased by D. 92
C. residual stress A. furnace melting 97. It is a work-supporting device which
D. combined stress B. crystallization is bolted to the saddle of the lathe
83. Ability to resist deformation under C. normalizing machine. I t travels with the cutting tool
stress D. shot opening it is a prevention of the springing away
A. plasticity 91. The difference between cast steel of the work piece from cutting tools
B. stiffness and cast iron A. rubber-flex collets
C. toughness A. all of these B. follower rest
D. all of these B. cast steel has usually less than 1% C. tool post
84. The property of material wherein the C. while cast iron has 2% or 3.6% carbon D. carriage stop
content is continuously distributed range 98. Which of the following raw materials
through its entire mass D. cast iron has lower strength more are used in the foundry molding
A. plasticity brittle and has lower ductility than cast operation?
B. homogeneity steel A. silica sand, bentonite, flour/paste
C. malleability 92. It is a general practice to use the water
D. all of these following allowable stresses 4000 psi for B. silica sand paste, graphite electrode
85. Material having a high electrical maintransmitting shaft and 8500 psi for C. silica sand and paste
resistance and should not be used as small short shafts and counter shaft for D. silica sand, linseed oil, flour
conductor of electrical current lineshaft carrying pulley it is 99. Which of the following is not a part
A. nickel psi of micrometer caliper?
B. silicon base alloys A. 7800 A. thimble
70

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. spindle low temperatures up to how many 12. Plain carbon steel standard
C. head screw degrees Fahrenheit? designation SAE .
D. anvil A. -380 A. 6xxx
100. B. -260 B. 10xx
A. normalizing C. -400 C. 13xx
B. flame hardening D. -320 D. 2xxx
C. tempering 7. The length of the hub should not be 13. If the inertia is 90 lb ft2 and the
D. annealing maid lesser than the face width of speed of the driver shaft is to be
Elements 15 the gear. Hub lengths usually vary increased from 0 to 2500 rpm in 5
1. Which of the following is the from 1.25 D to 2 D where D is the seconds, shaft material is of SAE
allowable tensile strength of the shaft diameter. What should be the 4140 with yield strength of 110000
steel plates? reasonable diameter of the steel lbs. /in2, find the clutch starting
A. 396.41 N/m2 hub? torque in in–lb ft.
B. 379.31 N/m2 A. 2 D A. 159
C. 296.12 N/m2 B. 1.55 D B. 146
D. 310.11 N/m2 C. 1.8 D C. 128
2. Which of the following standard SAE D. 1.20 D D. 191
designation of manganese steel? 8. Torsional deflection is a significant 14. How many 5/16 inch holes can be
A. 13xx consideration in the design of shaft punch in one motion in a steel plate
B. 11xx and the limit should be in the range made of SAE 1010 steel 7/16 inch
C. 10xx of how many degrees/foot of length? thick using a force of 55 tons. The
D. 8xx A. 0.4 to 1 ultimate strength for shear is 50 ksi
3. Compute the torque received by the B. 0.08 to 1 and use 2 factor of safety.
motor shaft running at 4250 rpm. C. 0.1 to 1 A. 5.8
Transmitting 11hp, through a 10 inch D. 0.6 to 1 B. 5
diameter 20o involute gear. The shaft 9. If the pitch of a screw is 2/9 find the C. 3.7
is supported by ball bearing at both thread per inch. D. 6.5
ends and the gear is fixed at the A. 0.34 15. Which of the following cannot be
middle of 8” shaft length. B. 5.4 used in drilling machine?
A. 163 in lb C. 4.5 A. Reaming
B. 132 in lb D. 17 B. Lapping
C. 167 in lb 10. Steel spring material is usually C. Spot facing
D. 138 in lb hardened from 400 to 500 BHN and D. Broaching
4. The SAE 2340 shafting contains how the carbon content is in the range of 16. A kilowatt is equal to:
many percent nickels? how many percent? A. 8851.2 in-lb/secs.
A. 3.85 Ni A. 0.50 to 0.90% B. 57 BTU/min
B. 3.25 to 3.75% Ni B. 0.45 to 0.48 C. 1140 joule/sec
C. 4% Ni C. 0.96 to 0.97 D. 44.200 ft-lb/min
D. 3.84% Ni D. All of these 17. Molybdenum-chromium-nickel steel
5. Which of the following standard SAE 11. Shafts readily available in the designation.
designation for chromium steel? market are made in many ways and A. SAE48xx
A. 92 xx wide variety of material composition. B. SAE56xx
B. 3 xxx It is likely be cold drawn carbon steel C. SAE43xx
C. 5 xxx in size smaller than inches D. SAE46xx
D. 11xx diameter. 18. Single force which produce the same
6. In general, alloys with high nickel A. 3.75 effect upon a mass replacing two or
content retain toughness to quiet B. 5 more forces acting together is
C. 4 called:
D. 51/2 A. Vector
71

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. Component of forces 25. Curve formed by the path of a point B. Aluminum parts
C. Resultant on a straight line as it rolls along a C. Cast iron materials
D. Resolution convex base curve. The base curve D. Bronze parts
19. Permissible variation of the is usually a circle and generally used 32. Bearing surface that completely
manufactured/machined dimension as the profile of gear. surrounds the journal is also called:
is called: A. Axial plane A. Offset bearing
A. Intolerance fits B. Arc of recess B. Centrally loaded bearing
B. Allowance C. Involute C. Full bearing
C. Deviation D. Arc of action D. Babbit bearing
D. Tolerance 26. Resultant of two or more component 33. The purpose of lubrication is as
20. Peculiar strength of the metal to forces is called: mentioned except :
resist being crushed: A. Composition of forces A. To lighten the load
A. Shear strength B. Component B. Prevent adhesion
B. Compressive strength C. Resultant C. Prevent corrosion/oxidation
C. Ultimate strength D. Collinear of forces D. Cool the moving elements
D. Elastic limit 27. A material having a high electrical 34. Tools usually used in wood pattern
21. What pressure is required for resistance and should not be used making in foundry shop.
punching a hole 2’’ diameter thru for conductor for electric current. A. Saws and chisel
1/4 ‘’ steel plates? A. Alloyed magnesium B. Knives and drills
A. 40 tons B. Nickel C. Band saw
B. 45 tons C. Silicon base alloy D. Drill machine
C. 50 tons D. Zinc 35. It is a plane perpendicular to the
D. 35 tons 28. It improves red hardness of steel. axial plane and to the pitch plane in
22. What is the working strength of a 2’’ A. Silicon gears the parallel axes and the plane
bolt which is screwed up tight in a B. Cobalt of rotation coincides.
packed joint when the allowable C. Lead A. Tangent line
working stress is 12000 psi? D. Manganese B. Transverse
A. 20.4 ksi 29. Designated pipe color used in C. Straight line
B. 23.4 ksi communication. D. Reference angle
C. 22.4 ksi A. Silver gray 36. A 36 tooth pinion with a turning
D. 18 ksi B. Bare speed of 300 rpm drives 120 tooth
23. Determine the bursting steam C. Aluminum gray gear of 14 1/2 o d involute full depth
pressure of a steel shell with a D. White pressure angle. What would be the
diameter of 10inches and made of ¼ 30. The design stress and factor of speed of the driven gear?
thick steel plates. The joint efficiency safety are related in the following A. 1000 rpm
is at 70% and the tensile strength is manner. B. 90 rpm
60 ksi. A. Design stress= ultimate C. 100 rpm
A. 4400 psi stress/ factor of safety D. 140 rpm
B. 42.8 ksi B. Ultimate stress = factor or 37. Several force which can be
C. 10.5 ksi safety / design stress plus combined is called:
D. 8500 psi concentration factor A. Resultant
24. Commonly used by steel melter as C. Factor or safety = design stress / B. Components
deoxidizer because of its easy ultimate stress C. Composition of forces
availability and cheap price. D. Design stress= factor of safety / D. Collinear forces
A. Silicon 38. The surface along the fillet curve or
time stress concentration factor
B. Zinc between the fillets radius of the two
31. Not adaptable to welding due to low
C. Aluminum adjacent tooth or a gear:
tensile strength and poor ductility
D. Manganese A. Bottom land
etc.
A. Copper parts B. Fillet
72

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. Flank surface to 10ths of thousandths of following can be considered about
D. Top land the centimeter. this material?
39. Ideal herringbone gear helix is in the A. Blade type micrometer A. It does not follow Hooke’s Law
range of: B. Planimeter B. It is elastic
A. Bottom land C. Dial caliper C. It has high modulus of elasticity
B. Fillet D. Micrometer D. It is plastic
C. Flank 46. Molybdenum steel standard 53. Allowance added in the casing
D. Top land designation SAE. pattern to compensate for the
40. Ideal herringbone gear helix is in the A. 88xx contraction of metal
range of: B. 40xx A. Tapering allowance
A. 30 to 45 C. 48xx B. Finish allowance
B. 25 to 30 D. 46xx C. Shrinkage allowance
C. 35 to 50 47. Also called eccentrically loaded D. Draft pattern
D. 15 to 20 bearing is: 54. Ratio of the angle of action to the
41. A three extension coil spring is A. Full bearings pitch angle
hooked in series that supports a B. Partial bearings A. Contact ratio
single weight of 100 kgs. The first C. Offset bearings B. Ratio gearing
spring is rated at 0.400 kg/mm and D. Fitted bearings C. Approach ratio
the other 2 lower springs is rated at . 48. In the selection of wire rope, regular D. Module
64 kg/in. Compute the total lay means wire and strands arrange 55. General purpose grade of steel used
deflection. in the following manner. for broiler plate, structure etc.
A. 263 mm A. Twisted in the same direction usually with carbon content of:
B. 156 mm B. Twisted in opposite direction A. 0.20 to 30%C
C. 268 mm C. Twisted in any direction B. 0.35 to 0.50%C
D. None of these D. Twisted in along direction C. 0.15 to 0.25%C
42. The lack of backlash in spur gear 49. In involute teeth, the pressure angle D. All of these
design/operation may result to: is often defined as the angle 56. The angle made by the helix of the
A. Overloading between the line of action and the thread(in a straight thread) at the
B. All of these line tangent to the pitch circle. It is pitch diameter with a plane
C. Jamming also termed as: perpendicular to the axis called:
D. Overheating A. Helix angle A. Angle of thread
43. The distance from a point on a screw B. Angle of obliquity B. Lead angle
thread to corresponding points on C. Angle of recess C. Truncation
the next thread measure along the D. Arc of action D. Lead
axis. 50. Instantaneous center is also called: 57. The principle materials used in the
A. Flank A. Centro production of metal working tools:
B. Crest B. Virtual center A. High carbon steel
C. Lead C. Rot Opole B. Titanium, phosphorous
D. Pitch D. All of these C. Tungsten, silicon, had field Mn
44. As recommended the center to 51. What is the stress to strain ratio D. Vanadium, chromium,
center distance between sprockets within the elastic limit? molybdenum
should not be less than times A. Elastic limit 58. In the interest of design
the bigger sprocket. B. Elastically simplification and good kinematics
A. 2.216 C. Modulus of elasticity compromise bevel gears adopted a
B. 1 1/2 D. Compressive ratio standard pressure angle of
C. 1 3/4 52. A material plane was subjected to a degrees/
D. 2.59 load. When the load was removed A. 200 involute stub
45. Machine shop instrument for the strain disappeared. From the B. 14 1/2 involute full depth
checking the flatness of plane structural change which of the C. 200
73

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 D. 17 1/2 D. bh3/3 72. Compute the deflection of a 18 coil
59. The property of material that relates 65. Cold rolled shafting is not available helical soaring having a load of
the lateral strain to longitudinal in diameter larger than: 100kgs. The modulus of elasticity in
strain. A. 6 inches shear of spring is 96.62 Gpa, OD of
A. Stress B. 6 ½ inches 9256 cm and width diameter of 9525
B. Poisson’s ratio C. 5 inches mm. The spring is square and
C. Strain D. 5 ½ inches ground ends.
D. Endurance limit 66. Height of tooth above pitch circle or A. 9 mm
60. It is generally recommended and the radial distance between pitch B. 112 mm
normal for a designer to add a circle and top land of the tooth. C. 101 mm
hunting tooth to evenly distribute A. Top root D. 14 mm
the wear on meshing teeth like a 53 B. Land 73. A flanged bolt coupling has ten (10)
teeth gears mesh with 30 teeth C. Addendum steel 25.4 mm diameter bolts evenly
pinion. Find the rotation of pinion to D. Hunting tooth tighten around a 415 mm bolt circle.
mesh with same pair of teeth again. 67. The function of clutch in the Determine the torque capacity of the
A. 120 machine tool is? connection if the allowable shearing
B. 61 A. Lowering of drive speed stress in the bolt is 50 MN/m2.
C. 81 B. To disconnect or connect at A. 59.95 KN-m
D. 53 will the drive B. 46.15 KN-m
61. The shaft whose torque varies from C. Alignment of the drive shaft C. 52.6 KN-m
2000 to 6000 in lbs has 1 1/2 in in D. To insure that two shaft line up D. 43.8 KN-m
diameter and 60000 psi yield at high speed 74. The material that can cut/wear
strength. Compute for the shaft 68. A resulting force that replace two or hardest substance subjected to:
mean average stress. more forces acting together. A. Carbide
A. 6036 psi A. Vector B. Tungsten
B. 5162 psi B. Resultant C. Abrasive
C. 6810 psi C. Couple D. Vanadium
D. 5550 psi D. Equilibrant 75. A ridge of uniform section in the
62. The angle made by the helix of the 69. Stress relieving is also for form of a helix cut around the
thread(in a straight thread) at the the purpose of reducing the circumference of a cylinder and
pitch diameter with a plane internal stresses of steel advancing along the axis.
perpendicular to the axis is called: material/metal. A. Thread roots
A. Lead angle A. Normalizing B. Screw threads
B. Lead B. Annealing C. Helix thread
C. Truncation C. Tempering D. Chamfers
D. Angle of thread D. All of these 76. Cast iron flywheel are commonly
63. The rule of thumb in journal bearing 70. Matensite (stainless steel) contains 4 designed with factor of safety of
design; the clearance ratio/clearance to 26% Cr. And a maximum of A. 10 to 13
should be. % nickel B. 10 to 14
A. 0.0090 A. 2.5 C. 10 to 12
B. 0.0010 B. 3.5 D. 8 to 13
C. 0.0042 C. 3.25 77. Class of material exhibiting
D. 0.00120 D. 2.0 decreases electrical conductivity
64. The moment of inertia of a rectangle 71. Matensite (stainless steel) contains 4 with increasing temperature.
whose base is “b” height “h” about to 26% Cr. And a maximum of A. Aluminum
its based is: % nickel B. Metals
A. bh3/4 A. 2.5 C. P-type semiconductor
B. bh3/24 B. 3.5 D. N-type semiconductor
C. bh3/12 C. 3.25
D. 2.0 74

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

78. The welding made along the edges 85. It is rigid piece which serves to gravity must be kept below the
of two parallel plates is called: transmit force from a piece another foundations too that usually about
A. Groove joint piece or to cause / control motion. times the usual total
B. Edge joint A. Follower combined weight of the machinery it
C. Fillet joint B. Cam motion is supposed to support.
D. Corner joint C. Crank A. 3 to 4
79. Not part and in fact should not be D. Link B. 2 to 4
used in the steel melting process: 86. A 20 kgs. Cast iron piece rest on a C. 3 to 7
A. Coke plain horizontal aluminum surface. D. 3 to 5
B. Zinc To move the object it needs a force 92. A cylinder tank with 10” inside
C. Silicon of 7 lbs. The density of AI is 0.098 diameter contains oxygen gas at
D. Aluminum lb/in3 and iron is 0.260 lb/in3 2500 psi. Calculate the required wall
80. Rule of thumb in calculating the A. 0.172 thickness in (mm) under stress of 28
equipment foundation mass should B. 1.601 000 psi.
be times the weight of the C. 0.186 A. 11.34 mm
machinery it is supposed to support. D. 0.160 B. 12.44 mm
A. 3 – 5 87. Which of the following is an iron C. 10.24 mm
B. 3 – 9 based alloy containing 9 – 16% D. 10.54 mm
C. 3 – 6 chromium? 93. The process of peening the joint
D. 2 – 4 A. Mn Hadfield steel portion immediately after the
81. The strength of non ferrous alloys is B. Stainless steel welding greatly improves the fusion
at maximum at room temperature C. Chrome-molly steel structures avoids possible cracking,
while that ferrous metal has a D. High chrome steel avoid possible distortion etc.
maximum strength at 0
F 88. Shafting up to 3 inches in diameter Peening can also process at the
A. 400 is usually made from cold rolled same time.
B. 450 steel and the common biggest A. Circular pitch
C. 1200 diameter cold rolled steel is: B. Normalizing
D. 350 A. 4 1/4 inches C. Mar tampering
82. The ratio of stress acting on an B. 6 3/4 inches D. Annealing
elastic substance to the decrease in C. 6 7/8 inches 94. What do you call the distance
volume per unit volume. D. 5 inches between rivet center nearest each
A. Bulk modulus 89. It is ideal for maximum quietness in other in adjacent rows?
B. Elastic limit sprockets drive operation to choose A. Pitch
C. Modulus of resilience or more teeth.\ B. Margin
D. Modulus of elasticity A. 24 C. Back pitch
83. The normal helix angle in helical B. 27 D. Diagonal pitch
gear is recommended in the range of C. 18 95. Which of the following is a major
degrees. D. 21 alloy in tool steel?
A. Less than 18 90. All associate with standard material A. Cr
B. 15 to 25 specification except: B. Cobalt
C. 20 to 35 A. American Iron and Steel Institute C. Fen
D. 20 to 30 B. Society of Automotive Engineers D. Mn
84. Type of bolt commonly used in the C. Southeast Asia Iron and 96. Should two equal and opposite
construction that is threaded in both Steel Institute collinear forces is added to the
ends. D. American Society for Testing forces already in equilibrium, which
A. Stud bolt Material of the following statement is true?
B. Hex bolt 91. For stable equipment foundation the A. Unbalance moment is
C. Acne threaded bolt total combined engine driven maintained
D. Square threaded bolts equipment and foundation center of B. Equilibrium is maintained
75

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. Equilibrium is disturbed C. Yield D. ±0.050
D. It creates an unbalanced D. ultimate 10. Which of the following is the
situation 3. Which of the following is the ratio of tolerance where the size of a part
97. In the pressure vessels, which of the moment and stress? may be larger only, or smaller only,
following resists internal pressure A. Strain than the given dimension?
through bending? B. section modulus A. Unilateral
A. Shell – type element C. contraction B. Lateral
B. Cam – type element D. passions ratio C. Bilateral
C. Plate – type element 4. What is the flexural stress when of a D. none of these
D. Spherical – type element symmetrically cross-section beam 11. A tolerance where the size of the
98. Which of the following flanges is when the vertical shear is part is permitted to be either larger
suitable for low and moderate maximum? or smaller than the given dimension.
pressure? A. Infinity A. Unilateral
A. Ring – flange B. Zero B. Lateral
B. Lap joint flange C. maximum C. Bilateral
C. Tapered - hub flange D. minimum D. none of these
D. Welding neck type 5. The riveted joint in ASME Code has 12. Which of the following is the basis
99. It is the process of pre – stressing or as design surface compressive for ASA fits?
over – stressing of a hollow stress higher than the A. Basic number system
cylindrical member beyond the design tensile stress. B. basic hole system
elastic range. A. 70% C. basic size system
A. Pre-stage B. 60% D. unit system
B. Autofrettage C. 35% 13. When the hole is smaller than the
C. Stress relieving D. 50% shaft, it will take force or pressure to
D. Countersinking 6. What is the ratio of the minimum put the cold parts together. In such
100. It is the phenomenon strength of joint to the strength of case the allowance is negative.
occurring when two touching solid joint in the pressure vessel? Which of the following terms is
surfaces have a high contact A. Efficiency appropriate for such allowance?
pressure and when these surfaces B. relative strength A. Negative fits of metal
have minute relative motion. C. performance factor B. interference of metal
A. Pre-stressing D. joint efficiency C. positive fits of the metal
B. Fretting 7. What is the usual factor of safety for D. intangible fits
C. Friction a pressure vessel? 14. What is the direction of the
D. Carving A. 4 predominant surface pattern?
B. 1.5 A. Smoothness
ELEMENTS 16 C. 3 B. Waviness
1. For ordinary steel, the modulus of D. 5 C. lay
elasticity usually falls between 8. It is the permissible variation of the D. roughness
million pounds. size. 15. It is the irregularities of departures
A. 20 to 30 A. Tolerance from the nominal surface of greater
B. 35 to 45 B. Limit spacing than roughness?
C. 20 to 35 C. fits A. Waviness
D. 25 to 30 D. none of these B. roughness
2. The modulus of elastic for metals in 9. Considering that there is no fit, what C. lay
compression is usually taken as that is the permissible liberal tolerance in D. smoothness
in: machining work? 16. It is the surface finish of micrometer
A. Tension A. ±0.010 in rms.
B. Bearing B. ±0.090 A. 1
C. ±0.020 B. 2
76

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. 3 24. It is the study of the body’s motion 31. What is the large wood screw used
D. 4 independent of the forces on the to fasten machinery and equipment.
17. Which of the following gears has the body. A. Lag screw
simplest type of teeth? A. Kinetics B. loss screw
A. Helical gears B. Dynamics C. wood screw
B. spur gears C. Kinematics D. cross screw
C. bevel gears D. mechanics 32. What is the minimum length of
D. worm gears 25. What is the reciprocal of the velocity contact in a tapped hole for cast
18. In gears, an imaginary circle on ratio? iron?
which the lever arm is based in; A. Train value A. 1.7D
A. Base circle B. Ratio factor B. 1.5D
B. pitch circle C. modular value C. 1.2D
C. addendum circle D. none of these D. 2.1D
D. clearance circle 26. It is a type of bolt finished all over 33. It is the ratio of the mean diameter
19. It is the circle tangent to the and has usually having coarse of coil over the coil diameters.
addendum of the meshing gears. threads. A. Wahl factor
A. Clearance circle A. Coupling bolt B. spring index
B. base circle B. stud bolt C. coil ratio
C. Addendum circle C. machine bolt D. lead scale
D. pitch circle D. automobile bolt 34. What is the overall length of springs
20. The distance from a point on one 27. It is a type of bolt distinguishes by a when it is compress until all adjacent
gear to the corresponding point short portion of the shank coils touched?
measured along the base circle. underneath the head being square A. Free length
A. Normal pitch or finned or ribbed. B. solid length
B. circular pitch A. Coupling bolt C. compressed length
C. axial pitch B. stud bolt D. expansion length
D. diametral pitch C. machine bolt 35. It is the length of a coil spring under
21. A line passing through the pitch D. carriage bolt no load?
point that is tangent to both base 28. It is a type of bolt threaded on both A. Compressed length
circles of a gear is: ends and can be used where a B. free length
A. Pressure line through bolt impossible. C. solid height
B. perpendicular line A. Coupling bolt D. none of these
C. tangent line B. carriage bolt 36. In general, the steels springs are
D. center line C. stud bolt made of relatively of relative height
22. Which of the following is the contact D. machine bolt carbon steel usually;
ratio for a good gear design? 29. Which of the following is not a type A. 5%
A. 1.5:1 of bolt? B. less than 0.5%
B. 1:1.3 A. Stud bolt C. more than 0.5%
C. 1:3 B. Steel bolt D. 7.5%
D. 1.2:2 C. machine bolt 37. It is a low cost spring materials,
23. In pressure vessels, which of the D. coupling bolt suitable where service is not severe
following resists internal pressure 30. It is a locking device that is used to and dimensional precision is not
through tension? maintain pressure between threads needed.
A. Shell-type element of the bolt and nut. A. Helical spring wire
B. cam type element A. Gasket B. stainless steel
C. plate-type element B. lock washer C. hard drawn wire spring
D. spherical type element C. lock nut D. copper
D. filler

77

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

38. What is the hard drawn (80% A. Biaxial 52. What is the other name given to
reduction) spring wire made of high B. mono-axial short shafts in machines?
carbon steel? C. uniaxial A. Spindles
A. Oil tempered wire D. triaxial B. head shafts
B. music wire 46. What do you call the system that C. core shafts
C. tension wire has finite values of principal D. all of these
D. chromium wire stresses? 53. The other name given to a line shaft.
39. Which of the following wires with A. Triaxial A. Countershaft
good quality and is used for impact B. Uniaxial B. Main shaft
loading? C. monoaxial C. Long shaft
A. Hard drawn wire D. biaxial D. Head shaft
B. song wire 47. A screw that requires positive torque 54. The speed at which the center of
C. helical spring wire to lower the load, or to loosen the mass will be equal the deflecting
D. chromium-silicon wire screw if it has been turned tight forces on the shaft; the shaft with its
40. When heat-threated wire is coiled against a resistance. attached bodies will then vibrate
cold, it should be stress relieved for A. Self locking screw violently, since the centrifugal force
bending stress and after cooling it is B. lock screw change its direction as the shaft
heated at some: C. self screw turns in:
A. 400°F D. power screw A. Nominal speed
B. 600°F 48. What is the rotating member used in B. Critical speed
C. 700°C transmitting power? C. Relative speed
D. 500°F A. Shaft D. Mean speed
41. Which of the following is not a B. counter shaft 55. An old rule of thumb for
function of spring? C. axle transmission shafting is that the
A. Absorbs energy D. washer deflection should not exceed
B. source of potential energy 49. For machineries shop the of length between
C. measure weight permissible deflection is supports.
D. measure thickness approximately: A. 0.01 in. per foot
42. Which of the following is the type of A. 0.02in/ft B. 0.08 in. per foot
spring made in the form of dished B. 0.03in/ft C. 0.02 in. per foot
washer? C. 0.01in/ft D. 0.05 in. per foot
A. Air spring D. 0.05in/ft 56. For transmission shafts the allowable
B. believe spring 50. For shafts, the shear due to bending deflection is 1 degree in a length of
C. volute spring is a maximum at the neutral plane diameters.
D. motor spring where the normal stress is: A. 20
43. What is the type of the failure due to A. Minimum B. 25
instability? B. Constant C. 30
A. Buckling C. maximum also D. 40
B. slenderness ratio D. zero 57. What is the limiting torsional
C. Stability 51. The minimum value of numerical deflection for machinery shafts, if
D. Euler’s failure combined shock and fatigue factor the criteria of limiting torsional
44. What type of formula that is best to be applied in every case to the deflection vary from 0.08˚ per foot
applied to a very slender column? computed bending moment of the of length?
A. Column formula shaft is: A. 1˚
B. slenderness formulas A. 2.0 B. 2.5˚
C. moment formulas B. 1.75 C. 2˚
D. Euler formula C. 1.5 D. 3.5˚
45. If two principal stresses is zero, the D. 1.3 58. Bevel gears of sizes 5 inches to 15
state of stress is: inches should not be lift or depress
78

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 more than , as Gleason B. Shaft and babbit C. Light
statement. C. Clearance and fitted D. All of these
A. 0.004 D. Shaft and cylinder 73. Which of the following considers the
B. 0.003 66. When the line of action of the load 300 series of bearing?
C. 0.002 bisects the arc of partial bearing, the A. Medium
D. 0.001 bearing said to be: B. Heavy
59. What type of key that allows the hub A. Eccentrically loaded C. Light
to move along the shaft but prevents B. Fully loaded D. All of these
the rotation of the shaft? C. Centrally loaded 74. A type of roller bearing in which the
A. Woodruff key D. Partially loaded balls are assembled by the eccentric
B. Feather key 67. What is the difference in radii of the displacement of the inner ring.
C. Gibbs key bearing and Journal? A. shallow groove ball bearing
D. Square key A. Even clearance B. filling-slot ball bearing
60. What is the other name for Kennedy B. Clearance ratio C. self-aligning ball bearing
key? C. Odd clearance D. deep-groove ball bearing
A. Tangential key D. Radial clearance 75. Which of the following is not a type
B. Woodruff key 68. When radii of both the bearing and of ball bearing?
C. Saddle key the journal are the same, then the A. shallow groove ball bearing
D. Roll pin bearing is said to be: B. filling-slot ball bearing
61. What type of fits used for involute A. Fitted bearing C. self-aligning ball bearing
spline? B. Clearance bearing D. deep-groove ball bearing
A. Close fit C. Full bearing 76. Which of the following is the
B. Press fit D. Ambiguous bearing approximate density of the leather
C. sliding fit 69. What is the line that passes through belt?
D. All of these the centers of the bearing and the A. 0.035 lb/in3
62. It is used for permanent fits and journal? B. 0.0135 lb/in3
similar to involute splines except A. Line of action C. 0.025 lb/in3
that the pressure angle is 14.5˚. B. Line of centers D. 0.0465 lb/in3
A. Separation load C. Line of symmetry 77. Which of the following is the
B. Splines shaft D. Tangent line approximate density of a fat rubber
C. Stub serrations 70. Which of the following is considered belt?
D. Involute serrations advantageous for bearing materials? A. 0.055 lb/in3
63. It is used in a coupling or in addition A. Conformability B. 0.0135 lb/in3
to another coupling where, in case of B. Compatibility C. 0. 045 lb/in3
overload, there is danger of injury to C. Embed ability D. 0.0465 lb/in3
machine or to material in process. D. All of these 78. A toothed wheel whose tooth
A. Shear pin 71. A conclusion repeatedly verified by elements are straight and parallel to
B. Flange coupling experiment is that the smoother the shaft axis or used to transmit
C. Involute serrations surface: motion and power between parallel
D. King pin A. Has the greater load shafts.
64. What is the maximum shaft angle for capacity of the bearing A. Helical gear
a single Hooke’s coupling? B. Has the lesser capacity of the B. Spur gear
A. 10˚ bearing C. Worm gear
B. 17 C. Has constant load D. Bevel gear
C. 15˚ D. None of these 79. The breaking strength of oak-tanned
D. 20˚ 72. Which of the following considers the beltings varies from 3 to more than:
65. What are the two principal parts of a 200 series of bearing? A. 5 ksi
Journal Bearing? A. Heavy B. 6 ksi
A. Bearing and journal B. Medium C. 7 ksi
79

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 D. 9 ksi A. 21 masses and inversely proportional to
80. Experience suggests that the most B. 24 distance square between their
economical designs are obtained for C. 12 centers.
a belt speed of: D. 14 A. Hooke’s law
A. 6000 to 7500 fpm 88. The resultant of a pair of equal B. Law of gravitation
B. 3000cto 5000 fpm forces but opposite in direction is: C. Law of motion
C. 3500 to 4700 fpm A. Concurrent D. Newton’s law
D. 5000 to 1000 fpm B. Couple 94. Any object thrown upward will return
81. The tension in the belt due to C. Non-concurrent to earth with the magnitude of the
centrifugal force increasing rapidly D. Resultant terminal velocity equal to:
above about: 89. The helical and herringbone gear A. 50% of the initial velocity
A. 2500 fpm teeth cut after heat treatment B. 80% of the initial velocity
B. 3000 fpm should have a hardness in the range C. About 90% of the initial velocity
C. 35000 fpm of 210/300BHN. The pinion gear D. The initial velocity
D. 4000 fpm teeth hardness on the other hand 95. Flat belt that is too tight will induce
82. For leather belts, recommended ideally/normally should be at strain on the bearing and belt
speed is: BHN. .
A. 6000 to 7000 fpm A. 250/320 A. Life will be shortened
B. 5000 to 6000 fpm B. 350/380 B. Result to uneconomical
C. 7000 to 8000 fpm C. 400 operation
D. 4500 to 5600 fpm D. 340/350 C. Suffer/shatter
83. The recommended initial tension of 90. As a rule, the center distance D. Will be sheared/cut
the belt is: between sprockets should not be 96. The resulting cross-sectional area of
A. 75 lb/in of width less than times the the tensile test specimen divided by
B. 73 lb/in of width diameter of the bigger sprocket and the specimen original area is called:
C. 71 lb/in of width not less than 30 times the pitch nor A. Charpy test
D. 80 lb/in of width more than about 50 times to pitch. B. % elongation
84. Two shafts at right angles to each A. 1.5 C. Impact test
other may be connected by what B. 2 D. Izod test
arrangement? C. 2.5 97. SAE 51XXX belongs to the
A. Half turn D. 3 steel family.
B. Quarter turn 91. A single force which produces the A. Carbon
C. ¾ turn same effect upon a mass as two or B. Chromium
D. One turn several forces acting together is C. Manganese
85. The minimum number of teeth on a called: D. Nickel
smaller sprocket for low speed is: A. Components 98. In itself, it is a lubricant and usually
A. 12 B. Composition forces one of the important elements in
B. 21 C. Resolution forces casting non-ferrous metals like
C. 17 D. Resultant bronze, for example:
D. 14 92. All forces in the same plane are A. Antimony
86. The minimum number of teeth on a called: B. Babbit
smaller sprocket for moderate speed A. Coplanar C. Lead
is: B. Couple D. Zinc
A. 17 C. Parallel 99. Gasket material, which should avoid
B. 21 D. Resultant hot liquid/steam applications.
C. 12 93. Which of the following laws which A. Asbestos fiber
D. 14 states that the force of attraction B. Nylon fiber
87. The minimum number of teeth on a between two bodies is directly C. Rubberized
smaller sprocket for high speed is: proportional to the product of their D. Wool
80

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 100. The same material properties all B. relative strength A. Negative fits of metals
over / direction and at any particular C. performance factor B. interference of metal
point in a structural member is: D. joint efficiency C. positive fits of the metal
A. Heterogeneous 7. What is the usual factor of safety for D. intangible fits
B. Homogenous a pressure vessel? 14. What is the direction of the
C. Isentropic A. 4 predominant surface pattern?
D. Isotropic B. 1.5 A. Smoothness
Elements 16 C. 3 B. Waviness
1. For ordinary steel, the modulus of D. 5 C. Lay
elasticity usually falls between 8. It is the permissible variation of the D. roughness
million pounds. size. 15. It is the irregularities of departures
A. 20 to 30 A. Tolerance from the nominal surface of greater
B. 35 to 45 B. limit spacing than roughness?
C. 20 to 35 C. fits A. Waviness
D. 25 to 30 D. none of these B. Roughness
2. The modulus of elastic for metals in 9. Considering that there is no fit, what C. Lay
compression is usually taken as that is the permissible liberal tolerance in D. smoothness
in: machining work? 16. It is the surface finish of micrometer
A. Tension A. ±0.010 in rms.
B. Bearing B. ±0.090 A. 1
C. yield C. ±0.02 B. 2
D. ultimate D. ±0.050 C. 3
3. Which of the following is the ratio of 10. Which of the following is the D. 4
moment and stress? tolerance where the size of a part 17. Which of the following gears has the
A. Strain may be larger only, or smaller only, simplest type of teeth?
B. section modulus than the given dimension? A. Helical gears
C. contraction A. Unilateral B. spur gears
D. passions ratio B. Lateral C. bevel gears
4. What is the flexural stress when of a C. Bilateral D. worm gears
symmetrically cross-section beam D. none of these 18. In gears, an imaginary circle on
when the vertical shear is 11. A tolerance where the size of the which the lever arm is based in;
maximum? part is permitted to be either larger A. Base circle
A. Infinity or smaller than the given dimension. B. pitch circle
B. Zero A. Unilateral C. addendum circle
C. Maximum B. Lateral D. clearance circle
D. minimum C. Bilateral 19. It is the circle tangent to the
5. The riveted joints in ASME Code D. none of these addendum of the meshing gears.
have as design surface compressive 12. Which of the following is the basis A. Clearance circle
stress higher than the for ASA fits? B. base circle
design tensile stress. A. Basic number system C. Addendum circle
A. 70% B. basic hole system D. pitch circle
B. 60% C. basic size system 20. The distance from a point on one
C. 35% D. unit system gear to the corresponding point
D. 50% 13. When the hole is smaller than the measured along the base circle.
6. What is the ratio of the minimum shaft, it will take force or pressure to A. Normal pitch
strength of joint to the strength of put the cold parts together. In such B. circular pitch
solid joint in the pressure vessel? case the allowance is negative. C. axial pitch
A. Efficiency Which of the following terms is D. diametral pitch
appropriate for such allowance?
81

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

21. A line passing through the pitch 28. It is a type of bolt threaded on both A. Helical spring wire B. stainless
point that is tangent to both base ends and can bbe used where a steel
circles of a gear is: through bolt impossible. C. hard drawn wire spring D.
A. Pressure line A. Coupling bolt copper
B. perpendicular line B. carriage bolt 38. What is the hard drawn (80%
C. tangent line C. stud bolt reduction) spring wire made of high
D. center line D. machine bolt carbon steel?
22. Which of the following is the contact 29. Which of the following is not a type A. Oil tempered wire B. music
ratio for a good gear design? of bolt? wire
A. 1.5:1 A. Stud bolt B. Steel bolt C. tension wire D. chromium wire
B. 1:1.3 C. machine bolt D. coupling bolt 39. Which of the following wires with
C. 1:3 30. It is a locking device that is used to good quality and is used for impact
D. 1.2:2 maintain pressure between threads loading?
23. In pressure vessels, which of the of the bolt and nut. A. Hard drawn wire B. song
following resists internal pressure A. Gasket B. lock washer wire
through tension? C. lock nut D. filler C. helical spring wire D. chromium-
A. Shell-type element 31. What is the large wood screw used silicon wire
B. cam type element to fasten machinery and equipment. 40. When heat-threated wire is coiled
C. plate-type element A. Lag screw B. loss screw cold, it should be stress relieved for
D. spherical type element C. wood screw D. cross screw bending stress and after cooling it is
24. It is the study of the body’s motion 32. What is the minimum length of heated at some:
independent of the forces on the contact in a tapped hole for cast A. 400°F B. 600°F C.
body. iron? 700°C D. 500°F
A. Kinetics A. 1.7D B. 1.5D 41. Which of the following is not a
B. Dynamics C. 1.2D D. 2.1D function of spring?
C. Kinematics 33. It is the ratio of the mean diameter A. Absorbs energy B. source of
D. Mechanics of coil over the coil diameters. potential energy C. measure weight
25. What is the reciprocal of the velocity A. Wahl factor B. spring index D. measure thickness
ratio? C. coil ratio D. lead scale 42. Which of the following is the type of
A. Train value 34. What is the overall length of springs spring made in the form of dished
B. Ratio factor when it is compress until all adjacent washer?
C. modular value coils touched? A. Air spring B. believe spring
D. none of these A. Free length B. solid length C. volute spring D. motor spring
26. It is a type of bolt finished all over C. compressed length D. expansion 43. What is the type of the failure due to
and has usually having coarse length instability?
threads. 35. It is the length of a coil spring under A. Buckling B. slenderness ratio
A. Coupling bolt
no load? C. stability D. Euler’s failure
B. stud bolt
A. Compressed length B. free 44. What type of formula that is best
C. machine bolt
length applied to a very slender column?
D. automobile bolt
C. solid height D. none of these A. Column formula B.
27. It is a type of bolt distinguishes by a
36. In general, the steels springs are slenderness formulas
short portion of the shank
made of relatively of relative height C. moment formulas D. Euler
underneath the head being square
carbon steel usually; formula
or finned or ribbed.
A. 5% B. less than 0.5% 45. If two principal stresses is zero, the
A. Coupling bolt
C. more than 0.5% D. 7.5% state of stress is:
B. stud bolt
37. It is a low cost spring materials, A. Biaxial B. mono-
C. machine bolt
suitable where service is not severe axial
D. carriage bolt
and dimensional precision is not C. uniaxial D. triaxial
needed.
82

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 46. What do you call the system that the centrifugal force change its direction 62. It is used for permanent fits and
has finite values of principal as the shaft turns in: similar to involute splines except
stresses? A. Nominal speed B. Critical that the pressure angle is 14.5˚.
A. Triaxial B. uniaxial speed A. Separation load B. Spline
C. monoaxial D. biaxial C. Relative speed D. Mean shaft
47. A screw that requires positive torque speed C. Stub serrations D. Involute
to lower the load, or to loosen the 55. An old rule of thumb for serrations
screw if it has been turned tight transmission shafting is that the deflection 63. It is used in a coupling or in addition
against a resistance. should not exceed to another coupling where, in case of
A. Self locking screw B. lock of length between overload, there is danger of injury to
screw supports. machine or to material in process.
C. self screw D. power screw A. 0.01 in. per foot A. Shear pin B. Flange coupling
48. What is the rotating member used in B. 0.08 in. per foot C. Involute serrations D. King pin
transmitting power? C. 0.02 in. per foot 64. What is the maximum shaft angle for
A. Shaft B. counter D. 0.05 in. per foot a single Hooke’s coupling?
shaft 56. For transmission shafts the A. 0˚ B. 17˚
C. axle D. washer allowable deflection is 1 degree in a length C. 15˚ D. 20˚
49. For machineries shop the of diameters. 65. What are the two principal parts of a
permissible deflection is A.20 B. 25 Journal Bearing?
approximately: C. 30 D. 40 A. Bearing and journal B. Shaft
A. 0.02in/ft B. 0.03in/ft 57. What is the limiting torsional and babbit
C. 0.01in/ft D. 0.05in/ft deflection for machinery shafts, if the C. Clearance and fitted D. Shaft and
50. For shafts, the shear due to bending criteria of limiting torsional deflection vary cylinder
is a maximum at the neutral plane from 0.08˚ per foot of length? 66. When the line of action of the load
where the normal stress is: A. 1˚ B. 2.5˚ bisects the arc of partial bearing, the
A. Minimum B. constant C.2˚ D. 3.5˚ bearing said to be:
C. maximum also D. zero 58. Bevel gears of sizes 5 inches to 15 A. Eccentrically loaded B. Fully
51. The minimum value of numerical inches should not be lift or depress more loaded
combined shock and fatigue factor than , as C. Centrally loaded D. Partially
to be applied in every case to the Gleason statement. loaded
computed bending moment of the A. 0.004 B. 0.003 C. 67. What is the difference in radii of the
shaft is: 0.02 D. 0.001 bearing and Journal?
A. 2.0 B. 1.75 Answer: B A. Even clearance B. Clearance
C. 1.5 D. 1.3 59. What type of key that allows the ratio
52. What is the other name given to hub to move along the shaft but C. Odd clearance D. Radial
short shafts in machines? prevents the rotation of the shaft? clearance
A. Spindles B. head shafts A. Woodruff key B. Feather key 68. When radii of both the bearing and
C. core shafts D. all of these C. Gibbs key D. Square the journal are the same, then the
53. The other name given to a line key bearing is said to be:
shaft. 60. What is the other name for Kennedy A. Fitted bearing B. Clearance
A. Countershaft B. Main key? bearing
shaft A. Tangential key B. Woodruff C. Full bearing D. Ambiguous
C. Long shaft D. Head key bearing
shaft C. Saddle key D. Rollpin 69. What is the line that passes through
54. The speed at which the center of 61. What type of fits used for involute the centers of the bearing and the
mass will be equal the deflecting forces spline? journal?
on the shaft; the shaft with its attached A. Close fit B. Press fit A. Line of action B. Line of
bodies will then vibrate violently, since C. Sliding fit D. All of these centers

83

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. Line of symmetry D. 78. A toothed wheel whose tooth A.17 B. 21
Tangent line elements are straight and parallel to C. 12 D. 14
70. Which of the following is considered the shaft axis or used to transmit 87. The minimum number of teeth on a
advantageous for bearing materials? motion and power between parallel smaller sprocket for high speed is:
A. Conformability B. shafts. A.21 B. 24
Compatibility A. Helical gear B. Spur C. 12 D. 14
C. Embeddability D. All of gear 88. The resultant of a pair of equal
these C. Worm gear D. Bevel forces but opposite in direction is:
71. A conclusion repeatedly verified by gear A. Concurrent B. Couple
experiment is that the smoother 79. The breaking strength of oak-tanned C. Non-concurrent D.
surface: beltings varies from 3 to more than: Resultant
A. Has the greater load A.5 ksi B. 6 ksi 89. The helical and herringbone gear
capacity of the bearing C. 7 ksi D. 9 ksi teeth cut after heat treatment
B. Has the lesser capacity of the 80. Experience suggests that the most should have a hardness in the range
bearing economical designs are obtained for of 210/300BHN. The pinion gear
C. Has constant load a belt speed of: teeth hardness on the other hand
D. None of these A.6000 to 7500 fpm B. 3000 to ideally/normally should be at
72. Which of the following considers the 5000 fpm BHN.
200 series of bearing? C. 3500 to 4700 fpm D. 5000 to A. 0/320 B. 350/380
A. Heavy B. Medium 1000 fpm C. 400 D. 340/350
C. Light D. All of 81. The tension in the belt due to 90. As a rule, the center distance
these centrifugal force increasing rapidly between sprockets should not be
73. Which of the following considers the above about: less than times the
300 series of bearing? A.2500 fpm B. 3000 fpm diameter of the bigger sprocket and
A .Medium B. Heavy C. 35000 fpm D. 4000 fpm not less than 30 times the pitch nor
C. Light D. All of these 82. For leather belts, recommended more than about 50 times to pitch.
74. A type of roller bearing in which the speed is: A.1.5 B. 2
balls are assembled by the eccentric A.6000 to 7000 fpm B. 5000 to C. 2.5 D. 3
displacement of the inner ring. 6000 fpm 91. A single force which produces the
A. shallow groove ball bearing C. 7000 to 8000 fpm D. 4500 to same effect upon a mass as two or
B. filling-slot ball bearing 5600 fpm several forces acting together is
C. self-aligning ball bearing 83. The recommended initial tension of called:
D. deep-groove ball bearing the belt is: A. Components B. Composition
75. Which of the following is not a type A.75 lb/in of width B. 73 lb/in forces
of ball bearing? of width C. Resolution forces D.
A. shallow groove ball bearing C. 71 lb/in of width D. 80 lb/in of Resultant
B. filling-slot ball bearing width 92. All forces in the same plane are
C. self-aligning ball bearing 84. Two shafts at right angles to each called:
D. deep-groove ball bearing other may be connected by what A. Coplanar B. Couple
76. Which of the following is the arrangement? C. Parallel D. Resultant
approximate density of the leather A. Half turn B. Quarter turn 93. Which of the following laws which
belt? C. ¾ turn D. One turn states that the force of attraction
A.0.035 lb/in3 B. 0.0135 lb/in3 85. The minimum number of teeth on a between two bodies is directly
C. 0.025 lb/in3 D. 0.0465 lb/in3 smaller sprocket for low speed is: proportional to the product of their
77. Which of the following is the A.12 B. 21 masses and inversely proportional to
approximate density of a fat rubber C. 17 D.14 distance square between their
belt? 86. The minimum number of teeth on a centers.
A.0.055 lb/in3 B. 0.0135 lb/in3 smaller sprocket for moderate speed A. Hooke’s law B. Law of
C. 0.045 lb/in3 D. 0.0465 lb/in3 is: gravitation
84

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. Law of motion D. Newton’s 1. For large speed ratio and large 7. To avoid scoring in the bearing
law sprocket utilized it is recommended surface and the shaft due to
94. Any object thrown upward will return cast material since the contamination/absorption
to earth with the magnitude of the large sprocket teeth are having of the fine dirt in the bearing during
terminal velocity equal to: fewer engagements. operation/lubrication the bearing
A. 50% of the initial velocity A. allowed steel B. high material to apply should have good
B. 80% of the initial velocity treated steel C. iron lubrication.
C. About 90% of the initial velocity D. malleable iron A. Anti-scoring B. resistance
D. The initial velocity 2. Roller bearing is utilized on conformability
95. Flat belt that is too tight will induce carrying capacity and is better than C. corrosion resistance D. embed
strain on the bearing and belt ball in this condition. ability
. A. Heavy load B. high 8. What do impact tests measure?
A. Life will be shortened temperature load C. low load A. Compactness B. Ductility
B. Result to uneconomical D. reserving load C. Plasticity D.
operation 3. To enhance mechanical properties, Toughness
C. Suffer/shatter fabrication characteristics or any 9. Corresponding piping color for
D. Will be sheared/cut other attributes of steel, some alkaline.
96. The resulting cross-sectional area of elements are added in melting in A. Blue B. Green
the tensile test specimen divided by specific ranges or minimum aside
the specimen original area is called: from carbon and generally termed: B. C. Red D. Violet
A. Charpy test B. % A. Alloy steel B. AISI steel 10. Type of gear that transmits power at
elongation C. Bessemer steel D. SAE an angle.
C. Impact test D. Izod test steel A. Bevel B. Helix
97. SAE 51XXX belongs to the 4. Materials is having thermal C. Herringbone D. Spur
steel family. expansion of about 10 times higher 11. Which of the following gasket
A. Carbon B. than those of materials and has material is not used for high
Chromium more heat generated during temperature?
C. Manganese D. Nickel machining is: A. Normal Plane B. Plastic
98. In itself, it is a lubricant and usually A. Aluminum B. Asbestos Nylon
one of the important elements in C. Plastic D. PVC C. Rubberized D. Wool
casting non-ferrous metals like 5. To hold to minimum, the axial 12. A plane perpendicular to the gear
bronze, for example: direction of deflection/movement, a axis.
A. Antimony B. Babbit separate thrust bearing or preloaded A. Asbestos B. Pitch Plane
C. Lead D. Zinc bearing capable of absorbing C. Plane of Rotation D. Radius
99. Gasket material, which should avoid considerable load is required. The of gyration
hot liquid/steam applications. type of bearing to use is a 13. Specification of molybdenum alloy.
A. Asbestos fiber B. Nylon bearing. A. SAE3XXX B. SAE4XXX
fiber A. Deep grove ball C. SAE5XXX D. SAE6XXX
C. Rubberized D. Wool B. double row angular contract 14. A chain is an assembly of
100. The same material C. tapered roller bearing lines and joints.
properties all over / direction and at D. wide type self-aligning A. Dynamic B. Kinetic
any particular point in a structural 6. Pulley made of ordinary is C. Sprocket D. Static
member is: 45 to 55% less in weight and 2.35 to 15. The recommended means of
A. Heterogenous B. 2.70% less slippage compared supporting the chuck during the
Homogenous with pulley. mounting procedure to the lathe
C. Isentropic D. Isotropic A. Iron/steel B. steel/iron spindle is to use:
ELEMENTS 17 C. wood/iron D. A. Crane B. Jack C. Overhead D.
wood/steel Racket

85

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

16. Too much in a flat belt 24. Circular pitch is measured along the exceed the thickness of an engaging
operation tend to cause excessive in the circular gear. tooth is called:
wear slippage and may burn A. Circle B. Line of action A. Backlash B. Clearance
A. load B. Lack C. C. pitch center D. pitch C. Pitting D. Space
Usage D. Tightness diameter 34. The forces that be combined or
17. It is a chromium steel tape in AISI- 25. Stiffness is the materials ability called component forces.
SAE designation. to deformation under A. Different B. Helical
A. 10XX B. 25XX stress. C. Opposite D. parallel
C.50XX D. 40XX A. Non-polar B. planar 35. Plane of rotation is defined as plane
18. Which of the following is not C. resists D. Staffer perpendicular to a
recommended for use in a driving 26. The pipe color in steam is: A. gear axis B. gear ratio
space exceeding 2000ft/min? A. Blue B. Gray C. normal planeD. pitch diameter
A. Flat leather belt B. C. Silver gray D. White 36. Cutting lubricant used used in
Herringbone gear 27. What method is used the yield point drilling reaming and tapping for
C. Silent sprocket D. V-Belt of some brittle materials? brass and bronze
19. It is low cost bearing used worldwide A. Offset ratio B. modulus of A. Dry B. Soda
for automobile or low horse power resilience water C. Soluble oil
motor applications. It is made of thin C. modulus measurement D. D. Turpentine
coating of over flat metal strip. parallelogram method 37. Non-concurrent forces when in
A. Babbit B. Cadmium brass 28. Wood pattern in the foundry is action are:
C. Lead D. Thin normally constructed out of: A. Collinear B. Couple
20. The most common useful tools to A. Dried sap wood B. hard wood C. parallel D scalar
measure diameter in machine shop C. kiln dried 38. The general accepted limit of
operation but normally and always wood D. scrap wood diamond wheel speed should be in
used with steel scale for 29. The progressive change in position the range of fpm.
measurement. of is called motion. A. 1000/2000 B. 2500/3500
A. Caliper B. A. Component B. couple C. 3000/4000 D. 5000/6000
Micrometer C. C. link D. mass 39. Prepared tool bit will now consist of
Protractor D. Vernier 30. Strain or is a change in face , nose and
21. In impact force introduce to cause geometry / shape of the body due to A. Cutting tool B. shank
the metal in a shape mold according action of a force on it. C sharp tool D tool
to the shape to dies made. A. Bending Stress B. edge
A. Hardness B. Spinning Deformation 40. This is an alloy in bronze casting that
C. Swaging D. C. Shear stress D. stress assist lubrication and in itself a
Toughness 31. The effective face width of a helical lubricant:
22. Forces of equal in magnitude but gear divided by the axial pitch. This A. Lead B. manganese
opposite in direction are parallel sometimes called face overlap. C phosphate D .tin
called A. Angle overlap B. Axial 41. For longer sprocket chain life the
A. Acceleration B. Coplanar overlap C. Contact speed range of fpm is
C. Couple D. Non- overlap D. Helical overlap recommended.
coplanar 32. For mass production of casting it is A. 92xx B. 300xx C. 304xx
23. Composition of force is at generally chapter to use: D. 515xx
the of two or more longer life. 42. All stainless type is SAE designation
forces. A. Gear axis B. normal plane except:
A. Combination B. C. contact overlap D. A. 92XX B. 300XX
Opposition C. pitch diameter C. 304XX D. 515XX
Resultant D. 33. It is a place between mating teeth or 43. It is white metal with good oxidation
Summary the amount of which a tooth space and corrosion resistance. This has
also electrical magnetic properties.
86

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. Aluminum B. Copper 53. For low load and less experience smooth continuous action is
C. Nickel D. production. essential as in high speed drives up
Titanium A. Babbitt B. ball to 12,000 fpm.
44. It is molybdenum steel – tape in C. Roller D. Self A. Bevel gear B. Helical
AISI_SAE designation aligning gear C. Herringbone
A. 44XX B. 45XX 54. The lateral stain in axial tension gear D. Spur gear
C. 50XX D. members can be calculated by 63. The reciprocal of a diametral pitch or
51XX A. Deformation B. the ratio of the pitch diameter to the
45. Cutting lubricant used used in Hooke’s law C. number of teeth.
drilling reaming and tapping for Poisson’s ratio D. William’s A. Clearance B. Involute
brass and bronze law C. Lead D. Module
A. Dry B. Soda 55. The most abundant being used in 64. What tool will be used in making
water C. Soluble oil automobiles worldwide is coated wood pattern in the foundry shop?
D. Turpentine
with on top of the plate. A. Band saw B. Drill machine
46. In a design, the lead of a
A. Babbitt B. lead C. C. Hammer D. Saw and chisel
single thread is equal to the pitch. 65. Type of bolt commonly used in the
manganese D. tin
A. bevel gear B. bolt
56. A liquid metal at room temperature. construction that is threaded in both
C. helical gear D. hypoid
A. Aluminum B. ends.
gear
mercury C. Zinc A. Acme threaded bolts B.
47. A type of chisel used in cutting of
D. Zirconium Hex bolt C. Hardness
keyways, square corners or slots. 57. Steel with SAE specification 13XX. d. Stud bolt
A. Cape B. Diamond A. Chromium B. 66. Ability of a material to absorb strain
head C. Flat Manganese C. energy and will return to its original
D. Round Molybdenum D. Nickel state.
48. The maximum recommended ideal 58. Property, which enables a material A. Creep B. Fatigue
number of teeth to use for bigger to be drawn into a wire. strength C. Hardness
sprocket is: A. Ductility B. Elasticity D. Resilience
A. 120 B. 127 C. Plasticity D. Utility 67. The ratio of lateral strain to
C. 132 D. 143 59. Heating a metal to a temperature longitudinal strain.
49. The teeth on the outer ring surface above the critical temperature and A. Deformation B. Modulus
is called the external gear: from cooling slowly usually done in of elasticity C.
A. Develop B. Flank
the furnace to reduce the hardness Poisson’s ratio D.
C. Gear D. Involute
and improve the machinability is a William’s line
50. A bolt general application that
process called 68. Basic size is the same as design size
posses a stronger thread is a type of
A. Annealing B. if there is no:
screw.
Normalizing C. A. Allowance B. Clearance
A. BUN B. UNC
quenching D. C. Limits D. Tolerance
C. UNEF D. WOOD
tempering 69. Forces that meet at common point is
51. Maximum moment formula for beam
60. The stress that causes the material called:
simply supported at both and
to shorten: A. Co-linear B.
subject to a load uniformly disturbed
A. Bearing B. Compressive concurrent C.
over its length.
C. Shear D. tensile coplanar D. couple
A. wL/2 B. wL/8
61. The most common lubricants being 70. A pair of equal and opposite (not
C. wL/8 D. wL/12
utilized in whatever category of load collinear) forces that tend to cause a
52. Special bearing used with high
and speed are oil, grease and dry rotation of a body.
deflection.
lubricants like A. Centroids B. Couple
A. Babbitt B. ball
A. Bronze B. Graphite C. Equilibrium D. Vector
C. Roller D. Self
C. Lead D. Silicon 71. Stress that resist being pulled apart.
aligning
62. Commonly used in parallel shaft
transmission especially when a 87

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

A. Compressive B. Shear A. Belting B. Frame 87. Pulley made of________ordinary is 45
C. Tensile D. Torsional C. Mechanism D. Sprocket to 55% less in weight and 2.35 to
72. Dynamic seal is also known as: chain 2.70% less slippage compared with
A. Gasket B. packing 81. The is one of the rigid pulley.
C. seal D. shield members / bodies joined together to A. Iron/steel B. steel/iron
73. Acceleration is proportional to the form a kinetic chain. C. wood/iron D. wood/steel
force. A. Coplanar B. Frame 88. A plane perpendicular to the gear
A. Hooke’s law B. Law of C. Link D. Machine axis.
gravitation C. Law of 82. For large speed ratio and large A. Normal plane B. Pitch plane
motion D. Newton’s law sprocket utilized it is recommended C. Plane of rotation d. Radius of
74. Which type of hardening will work to cast material since the large gyration
some extent in all metals? sprocket teeth are having fewer 89. The minimum value of numerical
A. Annealing B. Austenitizing engagements. combined shocks and fatigue factor
C. Martempering D. Work A. Alloyed steel B. heat to be applied in every case to the
hardening treated steel C. Iron computed bending moment of the
75. Sound travel fastest in : D. Malleable iron shaft is:
A. Air at 00 F and 1 atmosphere 83. Roller bearing is utilized on A. 2.0 B.1.75
B. Air at 700 F and 1 atmosphere carrying capacity and is better than C. 1.5 D. 1.3
C. Air at 700 F and 0 lbf/ in2 ball in this condition. 90. What is the other name given to
D. steel at 700 F A. Heavy load B high short shafts on machines?
76. The yield strength of common yellow A. Spindles B. head
temperature load C. low
brass ( 70%Cu, 30%Zn) can be shafts C. core shafts
load D. reversing load
increased by: D. all of these
84. To enhance mechanical properties,
A. Annealing B. chill casting 91. The other given to a line shaft is:
fabrication characteristics or any
C. cold working D. heat A. Countershafts B. main
other attributes of steel, some
treatment shaft C. long shaft
elements are added in melting in
77. Forces not on the same place is D. head shafts
specific ranges or minimum aside
called 92. The speed at which the center of
from carbon and generally termed:
A. Component B. Composition of mass will be equal the deflecting
A. Alloy steel B. AISI steel
forces C. Non-coplanar forces on the shafts; shaft with its
C. Bessemer steel D. SAE
D. Resolution attached bodies will then vibrate
steel
78. The distance between the center of violently, since the centrifugal forces
85. Materials is having thermal
oscillation and the point of changes its direction as the shaft
expansion of about 10 times higher
suspension is called: turns in:
than those of materials and has
A. Fix axis A. Nominal speed B.
more heat generated during
B. Center of gravity critical speed C.
machining is:
C. Center of percussion relative speed D. mean
A. Aluminum B. Asbestos
D. Radius of oscillation speed
C. Plastic D. PVC
79. If the velocity is variable and 93. An old rule of thumb for
86. To hold to minimum, the axial
regularly/constantly increasing the transmission shafting is that the
direction of deflection/movement, a
rate of change is called: deflection should not exceed
separate thrust bearing or preloaded
A. Acceleration B.
bearing capable of absorbing of length between supports.
Constant work C.
considerable load is required. The A. 0.01 in. per foot B. 0.08 in.
Moment D. Motion
type of bearing to use is a per foot C. 0.02 in. per
80. The kinematic chain in which one
bearing. foot D. 0.05 in. per foot
link is considered fixed for the
A. Deep grove ball 94. For transmission shaft the allowable
purpose of analysis but motion is
B. double row angular contract deflection is 1 degree in a large of
possible in other links. C. tapered roller bearing diameters.
D. wide type self-aligning
88

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. 20 B. 25 C. 30 D. 20 10. A type of roller bearing in which the
D. 40 3. What are the two principal parts of a balls are assembled by the eccentric
95. What is the limiting torsional Journal Bearing? displacement of the inner ring.
deflection for machinery shafts, if A. bearing and journal A. shallow grove ball bearing
the criteria of limiting torsional B. shaft and babbit B. filling-slot ball bearing
deflection vary from 0.08% per foot C. clearance and fitted C. self-aligning ball bearing
of length? D. shaft and cylinder D. deep-grove ball bearing
A. 10 B. 2.50 C. 20 D. 4. When the line of action of the load, 11. Which of the following is not a type
0
3.5 bisects the arc of partial bearing, the of ball bearing?
96. Bevel gear with size 5 in. to 15 in bearing is said to be? A. shallow grove ball bearing
should not be lift or depress more A. eccentrically loaded B. filling-slot ball bearing
than , as Gleason statement. B. fully loaded C. self-aligning ball bearing
A. 0.004 B. 0.003 C. 0.002 C. centrally loaded D. deep-grove ball bearing
D. 0.001 D. partially loaded 12. Which of the following is the
97. What type of key that allows the hub 5. When radii of both the bearing and approximate density of the leather
to move along the shaft but prevents the journal are the same, then the belt?
the rotation of the shaft? bearing is said to be: A. 0.035
A. Woodruff Key B. Feather A. fitted bearing B. 0.0135
Key C. Gibbs Key B. clearance bearing C. 0.025
D. Square Key C. full bearing D. 0.0465
98. What is the other name for Kennedy D. ambiguous bearing 13. Which of the following is the
Key: 6. Which of the following cannot be a approximate density of a fat rubber
A. Tangential key B. possion’s ratio of a material belt?
woodruff key C. saddle A. 0.35 A. 0.055
key D. roll pin B. 0.40 B. 0.0135
99. What type of fits used for involute C. 0.75 C. 0.045
spline? D. 0 D. 0.0465
A. Close fit B. press fit 7. A conclusion repeatedly verified by 14. A toothed wheel whose tooth
C. sliding fit D. all of these experiment is that the smoother elements are straight and parallel to
100. It is used for surface: the shaft axis or used to transmit
permanent fits and similar to A. has the greater load capacity of motion and power between parallel
involute splines except that the the bearing shafts.
pressure angle is 14.50. B. has the lesser capacity of the A. helical gear
A. Separation load B. spline bearing B. spur gear
shaft C. stub serration C. has constant load C. worm gear
D. involute serration D. none of these D. bevel gear
ELEMENTS 18 8. Which of the following considers the 15. The breaking strength of oak-tanned
1. Which of the following has been 200 series of bearing? belting varies from 3 or more than:
considered as general purpose rope? A. heavy A. 5
A. 6 x 19 IWRC B. medium B. 6
B. 7 x 25 IWRC C. light C. 7
C. 7 x 25 IWRC D. all of these D. 9
D. 6 x 9 IWRC 9. Which of the following considers the 16. Experience suggests that the most
2. What is the maximum shaft angle for 300 series of bearing? economical designs are obtained for
a single Hooke’s coupling? A. heavy a belt speed of:
A. 10 B. medium A. 6000 to 7500
B. 17 C. light B. 3000 to 5000
C. 15 D. all of these C. 3500 to 4700
D. 5000 to 1000
89

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

17. The tension in the belt due to A. Hoist 32. Which of the following is used to
centrifugal force increasing rapidly B. Spring change the direction of an applied
above about: C. Lever tensile force?
A. 2500 D. Roller A. Gears
B. 3000 25. A measure of the material’s ability to B. Flywheels
C. 3500 yield and absorb highly localized and C. Pulleys
D. 4000 rapidly applied stresses. D. Ropes
18. For leather belts recommended A. Hardness 33. For most wire ropes and chains with
speed is? B. Stiffness 180 contact, the loss factor at low
A. 6000 to 7000 C. Toughness speed varies between:
B. 5000 to 6000 D. Resilience A. 1.03 to 1.06
C. 7000 to 8000 26. A material can fail after repeated B. 1.20 to1.50
D. 4500 to 5600 loadings even if the stress level C. 1.07 to 1.10
19. For fabric belts, recommended never exceeds the ultimate strength. D. 1.60 to 1.80
speed is: A. Fatigue failure 34. What method to determine the
A. 4000 to 5000 B. Ductile failure reactions on continuous beams?
B. 3000 to 4000 C. Brittle failure A. two-moment equations
C. 2000 to 3000 D. Mechanical failure B. three-moment equations
D. 2000 and more 27. The load at which a column fails is C. second moment equations
20. The recommended initial tension of known as: D. third moment equations
the belt is: A. Dead load 35. What is the best method for
A. 75 B. Critical load increasing a spring’s fatigue life?
B. 73 C. Moving load A. Sprickling
C. 71 D. Dynamic load B. Stress relieving
D. 80 28. The percentage difference of solid C. Shot peening
21. Two shafts at right angles to each and working deflections is known as: D. Shot relieving
other may be connected by what A. Cash allowance 36. The distance from a point on one
arrangement? B. Spring rate gear to the corresponding point
A. Half turn C. Spring allowance measured along the base circle.
B. Quarter turn D. Spring index A. Diametral pitch
C. turn 29. A shaft’s natural frequency of B. Normal pitch
D. One turn vibration is referred to as the: C. Circular pitch
22. A statement of how the total normal speed D. Chordal pitch
moment is derived from a number of A. high speed 37. Which of the following is a single
forces acting simultaneously at a B. critical speed measure that combines the external
point. C. low speed dynamic load of an application with
A. Goodman’s theorem 30. A fine finishing operation, similar to a gear drive’s reliability and
B. Soderberg’s theorem polishing, is using a very fine operating life?
C. Varignon’s theorem polishing compound. Burnishing A. ratio factor
D. Moore’s theorem A. Buffing B. reliability factor
23. A simple mechanical machine with B. Calorizing C. service factor
the ability to increase an applied C. Electroplating D. life factor
force. 31. A process in which metal is dipped in 38. Describes very rough grinding, such
A. Hinges dilutes acid solutions to remove dirt, as that performed in foundries to
B. Roller grease, and oxides. remove gates, fins, and risers from
C. Lever A. Pickling casting.
D. Spring B. Sheradizing A. Snagging
24. Any device used to raise or lower an C. Polishing B. Lapping
object. D. Pakerizing C. Honing
90

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 D. Snuggling 46. When tested in compression, ductile C. 240
39. A fine grinding operation used to materials usually exhibit D. 450
obtain exact fit and dimensional characteristics up to the yield 53. What is the range of the endurance
accuracy. strength as they do when tested in ratio or Czaud votes values for steel?
A. Honing tension. A. 0.23 to 0.65
B. Lapping A. the same B. 0.34 to 0.87
C. Buffing B. more than C. 0.63 to 0.93
D. Burnishing C. more than D. 0.34 to 0.45
40. The process of separating different D. approximately the same 54. Which of the following indicates the
sizes of the same material. 47. A tolerance where the size of a part degree of concentration?
A. Screening is permitted to be either larger or A. Power factor
B. Sieving smaller than the given dimension. B. Service factor
C. Separation A. Bilateral C. Stress factor
D. Fractioning B. unilateral D. Stress concentration factor
41. The process of separating a C. lateral 55. The internal stresses that exist in
material into a variety of specifically D. None of these any part of the material that is
sized groups. 48. A fit generally used on those subjected to temperature and not
A. Centrifuging dimensions involved in such as pin acted upon by an external load.
B. Sieving in a hole. A. Residual stress
C. Fractioning A. Unilateral B. Form stress
D. Screening B. Lateral C. Superposed stress
42. An interrupted quenching process C. Bilateral D. Control stress
resulting in an austenite-to-banite D. None of these 56. It is the process that cold works a
transition. 49. It is relatively finely spaced limited amount of material, thus
A. Austempering irregularities of the surface. giving a higher strength, and it
B. Martempering A. Smoothness leaves a surface compressive stress.
C. Austenitizing B. Waviness A. Surface finishing
D. Martenitizing C. Lay B. Tensioning
43. The material will become D. Roughness C. Surfacing
progressively stronger, harder, and 50. It is the surface finish of heavy cuts D. Surface rolling
more brittle until it eventually fails. or coarse feed. 57. Fatigue strength is increased by
A. Hot working A. 200rms repeated loads just below the
B. Tempering B. 400rms normal fatigue limit, followed by
C. Cold working C. 80rms small step by step increase of the
D. Normalizing D. 500 or greater rms loading.
44. A swinging support constructed as 51. Which of the following is the most A. Coaxing
part of the vessel and that supports dominant cause (approximately B. Triaxing
the man way cover when it is 80%) of machine failures? C. Mixing
unbolted and moved aside. A. Torsion D. Relieving
A. Nozzles B. Negligence 58. It is the diameter of the imaginary
B. Handholes C. Fatigue failures cylinder that bounds the crest of an
C. Davit D. Compression external thread and the roots of an
D. Orifice 52. Wrought steel in its commonly met internal thread.
45. Which of the following is the commercial, it is often assumed that A. Mean diameter
measure of torsional stress? the average endurance for an B. Root diameter
A. accuracy average Su (50% survival) the Brinell C. Stress diameter
B. stiffness D. Major diameter
hardness is limited to:
C. rigidity
A. 500
D. quality
B. 400
91

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

59. It is the distance in inches a screw A. Bolt 73. Under theories of failure, the value
thread ( a helix) advances axially in B. U-bolt of shear stress is how many times
one turn C. Rivet that of the tensile stress?
A. Pitch D. Screw A. Four times
B. Mean pitch 67. A fastening which has no nut and B. Half
C. Lead turns in to a threaded hole. C. Double
D. Circular pitch A. Bolt D. One-fourth
60. Which of the following bolts is B. Fastener 74. The theory of mechanics of material
recommended for general use? C. Rivet shows that the result from the
A. UNC D. Screw octahedral shear stress theory and
B. UNEF 68. An old name for an unfinished those from the maximum distortion-
C. UNF through bolt comes with square. energy theory are:
D. NC A. Coupling bolt A. the same
61. It is frequently used bolt in B. Stud bolt B. less than
automotive and aircraft industries. C. Machine bolt C. more than
A. UNC D. Automobile bolt D. not related
B. UNEF 69. It is a type of coil where the helical 75. It is the distance measure auxiliary
C. UNF coil is wrapped into a circle forming from a point on one thread to the
D. NC an annular ring. corresponding point on an adjacent
62. Which of the following is particular A. Volute spring thread.
bolt used in aeronautical equipment? B. Hairspring A. Axial pitch
A. UNC C. Motor spring B. Z-pitch
B. UNEF D. Garter spring C. Lead
C. UNF 70. It is a type of spring where thin flat D. Lead angle
D. NC strip wound up on itself as a plane 76. It is the angle between a tangent to
63. What type of bolt usually used for spiral, usually anchored at the inside the pitch helix and plane normal to
high-pressure pipe flanges, cylinder end. the axis of the screw.
head studs etc? A. Motor spring A. Helix angle
A. UNC B. Garter spring B. Lead angle
B. UNF C. Volute spring C. Tangential angle
C. UNEF D. Helical spring D. Vertical angle
D. 8 UN 71. The ratio of the length of the column 77. It is suggested that the design factor
64. It is the stress or load induced by the and the radius of gyration of the on the yield strength be about 1.5
tightening operation. cross-sectional area about a for the smooth load, about 2 to 2.25
A. Initial stress centroidal axis. for minor shock loading, and up to
B. Initial tension A. Contact ratio for sever shock loads,
C. Residual stress B. Slenderness ratio especially when the loading reverses
D. None of these C. Centroidal ratio during operation.
65. For non-metallic gaskets, it has been D. Column ratio A. 4.5
found that they should have a 72. Under the theories of failure, for B. 3.5
certain minimum amount of static loading of ductile material, the C. 3.0
compression as for a certain design stress is: D. 4.0
cork gasket. A. Yield Stress/Factor of Safety 78. A typical hub length fall between:
A. 62% B. Ultimate stress/Factor of Safety A. 1.25D to 2.5D
B. 86% C. Ultimate stress/Proportional B. 1.3D to 3.4D
C. 68% Limit C. 1.25D to 4.0D
D. 76% D. Yield point/Proportional Limit D. D to 7.0D
66. It is a screw fastening with a nut on 79. A key that are square or flat and
it. tapered with head
92

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. Pin keys C. Flexible coupling 93. On high speed centrifugal blowers, it
B. Gib-head keys D. None of these has been observed that the arc of
C. Saddle keys 86. It is the difference in the radii of the contact is reduced from 1800 at rest
D. None of these bearing and the journal. to in motion.
80. A key that may either straight of A. Even clearance A. 1000
tapered. It is usually a drive fit. B. Clearance ratio B. 900
A. Pin keys C. Fit clearance C. 950
B. Gib-head keys D. Radial clearance D. 1100
C. Saddle keys 87. A bearing in which the radii of the 94. The recommended net belt pull for
D. None of these journal and the bearing are the rubber belt is:
81. A key with one several patented same. A. 11.34lb/ply per inch of width
methods of keying is driven or A. Fitted bearing B. 13.75lb/ply per inch of width
pressed into a hole that is small B. Full bearing C. 16.35lb/ply per inch of width
enough to close the slit, assembled C. Partial bearing D. 20.34lb/ply per inch of width
in radial direction. D. Clearance bearing 95. For minimum quietness, use
A. Fit key 88. What is the approximate length-to- sprockets with or more
B. Roll pin diameter ratio of hydrodynamic teeth.
C. Saddle key bearings? A. 21
D. Pin key A. 1 B. 23
82. A key that allows the hub to move B. 4 C. 25
along the shaft but prevents the C. 3 D. 27
rotation of the shaft. D. 2 96. If two intersecting shafts are to be
A. Woodruff key 89. The operating temperature of oil belt connected guide pulleys
B. Gibs key films in the bearing must are to be used.
C. Feather key approximately: A. 1
D. Square key A. 1400F to 1500F B. 2
83. For involute spline, the type of fits B. 1400F to 1600F C. 3
used: C. 1200F to 1900F D. 4
A. Close fit D. 1200F to 1900F 97. Wire ropes are made from cold-
B. Sliding fit 90. At the higher temperatures, oil drawn with or more
C. Press fit oxidizes more rapidly above: teeth.
D. All of these A. 1200F A. 21
84. A coupling that transmits power via B. 2000F B. 23
the frictional forces induced by C. 1400F C. 25
pulling the flange toward each other D. 1600F D. 27
over slotted tapered sleeves. 91. For thrust bearing, the special at 98. A wire rope that the wires and
A. Flange coupling moderate operating condition is: strands are twisted in the opposite
B. Ribbed compression coupling A. 50<Vm>200fpm direction.
C. Rigid coupling B. 50<Vm>250fpm A. Long lay
D. Flanged compression C. 50<Vm>220>fpm B. Perform
coupling D. 50<Vm>250fpm C. Regular lay
85. A coupling used for absorbing some 92. If the ends are joined by wire lacing D. Lang lay
shock and vibration that may appear with machine, the usual efficiency of 99. A wire rope that the wires and strand
on one shaft and of preventing the joint is: are twisted in the same direction.
occurrence of reversed stresses A. 100% A. Long lay
caused by the shaft deflecting at the B. 75% B. Perform
coupling preventing at the coupling. C. 85% C. Regular lay
A. Rigid coupling D. 88% D. Lang lay
B. Flange coupling

93
Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)
 100. Which of the following ropes B. spring 13. A welding operation that use hot
is used for haulage, rigging, and C. brakes flame and metal rod.
guard rails? D. holders A. gas welding
A. 6 x 35 IWRC 7. The total frictional energy that is B. arc welding
B. 6 x 15 IWRC stored in the brake parts principally C. resistance welding
C. 7 x 8 IWRC in the drum or disk is approximately? D. automatic welding
D. 7 x 7 IWRC A. 56% up 14. The arc is covered with a welding
ELEMENTS 19 B. 90% up composition and bare electrode wire
1. Which of the following ropes is used C. 86% up is fed automatically.
for lines, hawsers, overhead cranes, D. 75% up A. resistance welding
and hoist? 8. The brake capacity to absorb energy B. induction welding
A. 6 x 37 IWRC is known as? C. submerged welding
B. 6 x 35 IWRC A. energy D. spot welding
C. 6 x 25 IWRC B. power 15. What is the recommended
D. 7 x 26 IWRC C. resistance brake coefficient of fluctuation pf flywheels
2. The regular materials for wire ropes D. centrifugal brake for punching, shearing, pressing
are made of? 9. a kind of braking system such that if machine is?
A. chromium the band wraps partly around the A. 0.005-0.1
B. wrought iron brake drum and the braking action is B. 0.002
C. cast steel obtained by pulling the band tight C. 0.03-0.05
D. high-carbon iron into the wheel. D. 0.01-0.03
3. What is the minimum suggested A. block brake 16. The part of machine that absorbs
design factor of wire ropes for B. clutch the energy delivered by a sharp
miscellaneous hoisting equipment C. band brake force or blow.
is? D. centrifugal brake A. spring
A. 2 10. Which of the following clutches that B. anvil
B. 3 has a disadvantage of heavier C. brakes
C. 5 rotating masses? D. flywheel
D. 4 A. multiple disc clutch 17. It is the friction of wheel inclination
4. To avoid excessive wear rate the B. cone clutch from the vertical position.
recommended limiting pressure for 6 C. disc clutch A. camber
x 19 ropes is for cast D. tin clutching B. toe-in
steel. 11. Which of the following welds have C. caster
A. 700 psi been considered as resistance weld D. king pin inclination
B. 900 psi which is usually round in the same 18. Which of the following is a machine
C. 1000 psi dorm as the electrodes that press which takes large quantities of raw
D. 1200 psi the sheet together? or finished materials and binds them
5. 5. To avoid excessive wear rate the A. edge joints with a rope or metal straps or wires
recommended limiting pressure for 6 B. spot welds into a large package?
x 19 ropes is for C. CIG welds A. bacher
manganese cast steel. D. TIG welds B. bending machine
A. 2500 psi 12. A welding which consist of short C. baler
B. 2000 psi lengths ( 2-3 long ) of welds with D. automatic screw machine
C. 3000 psi space between as 6 inches on 19. It is the grasping of an outside work
D. 2300 psi centers. piece in a chunk or a jawed device in
6. What friction device that are used to A. intermittent weld a lathe.
connect shafts? B. spot weld A. clucking
A. clutches C. MIG weld B. clamping
D. TIG weld C. chucking
94

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

D. clam shelling 26. Which of the following is the process A. the geometrical structure factor F(h,
20. Which of the following is a of removing course scratches or toll k, l) is the ratio of the amplitude of the X-ray
mechanical linkage or mechanism marks? B. reflected from a plane in a crystal to
that can turn about a center or polishing the amplitude of the X-ray scattered from a
A.
rotation? B. buffing single electron
A. oscillation C. honing X-ray diffraction is only useful
C.
B. crank D. lapping for studying simpler crystal such as the body
C. coupler 27. Which of the following ropes is centered cubic structure rather than more
D. drag link galvanized and consists of 6 strands, complex crystals like the hexagonal closed
21. What type of compound screw which 7 wires each and a hemp core? packed structure
produces a motion equal to the A. reverse lay rope D. X-ray diffraction can be used to
difference in motion between the B. guy rope determine the gain size of a specimen
two component screws? C. lang lay rope 33. Which of the following describes
A. machine screw D. regular rope diffusion in a crystal structure?
B. tanden screw 28. It is a large lathe used for turning A. it is not possible
C. differential screw and boring cannons. B. it occurs only in alloys, never in pure
D. variable screw A. gun lathe crystals
22. Which of the following bolts provided B. engine lathe C. it often uses an exchange or
with a hole at one end instead of C. cannon lathe vacancy mechanism
usual head? D. turret lathe D. it occurs primarily as a result of
A. stud bolt 29. What device on the lathe machine mechanical work
B. eye bolt used for carrying the revolving 34. Which of the following does not
C. machine bolt spindle? produce vacancies interstitial
D. stove bolt A. head stock defects, or impurity defects in a
23. What operation generally carried out B. header material?
to divide the parent coiled sheet into C. head suction A. plastic deformation
narrow coils? D. none of these B. quenching
A. slotting 30. If the faced-centered cubic lattice is C. slow equilibrium cooling
B. squeezing compared with the hexagonal D. irradiation with high energy particles
C. squaring closed-packed lattice, which of the 35. Which of the following are true
D. slitting following features describes the statements about the modulus of
24. It is the process used to form hexagonal closed-packed structure elasticity, E?
shallow, round, raised recessed only? A. it is the same as the rupture
troughs of uniform width in a A. it has the closest packed lattice modulus
straight curved or circular form. structure B. it is the slope of the stress- strain
A. hemming B. its coordination number is 2 diagram in the linearly elastic region
B. beading C. its deformation properties are C. it is the ratio of stress to volumetric
C. embossing more directional strain
D. buldging D. its stacking order is reversed D. its value depends only on the
25. The process of removing excess 31. In molecules of the same temperature of the material
metal from the edge of a strip to composition, what are variations of 36. In general, what are the effects of
make it suitable for drawing without atomic arrangements known as? cold-working a metal?
wrinkling or to obtain final A. polymers A. increase strength and ductility
complicated shape which was not B. monomers B. decrease strength and ductility
directly possible by blanking. C. isomers C. increased strength, decreased
A. lancing D. crystal system D. decreased strength, increased
B. slugging 32. Which of the following statements is ductility
C. notching not true regarding X-ray diffraction?
D. trimming
95

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 37. Which of the following does cold- B. they are located primarily in highly B. aggregate gradation
working cause? strained and distorted positions C. water-cement ratio
A. elongation of grains in the flow C. they have a higher free energy than D. absolute volume of cement
direction, an increase in dislocation density, atoms in the undisturbed part of the crystal 47. According to the ACI code, the
and over all increase in energy of the metal lattice modular ratio, n, of structural
B. elongation of grains in the flow D. all of the above concrete with a
direction, a decrease in dislocation density, 41. For a completely corrosion-resistant 28—day ultimate compressive
over all decrease in energy of the metal stainless steel, what minimum strength, for, of 3000 is nearest to:
C. elongation of grains in the flow percentage of chromium in the alloy A.7 B. 9 C. 8 D. 10
direction, a decrease in dislocation density, is required? 48. What are valence electrons?
and over all increase in energy of the metal A. 1.1% B. 8.3% C. 3.2% D. A. the outer shell electrons
D. shortening of grains in the flow 11% B. electrons with positive charge
direction, a decrease in dislocation density, 42. Modulus of resilience is? C. the electrons of the complete
over all decrease in energy of the metal A. the same as the modulus of quantum shells
38. Which of the following statement is elasticity D. the K-quantum shell electrons
false? B. a measure of a materials ability to 49. Which of this not a viscoelastic
A. the amount or percentage of cold store strain energy material?
work cannot be obtained from information C. the reciprocal of the modulus of A. Plastic B. rubber C. metal D.
about change in the area of thickness of a elasticity glass
metal D. a measure of the deflection of a 50. Which of the following statements is
B. the process of applying force to member false?
metal at temperature below the temperature 43. When a metal is cold worked all of A. Both copper and aluminum have a
of crystallization in order to plastically the following generally occur face-centered crystal structure.
deform the metal is called cold-working EXCEPT: B. Both magnesium and zinc have a
C. annealing eliminates most of the A. Recystallization temperature hexagonal close-packed crystal structure
defects caused by the cold working of a decrease. C. Iron can have either a face-centered
metal B. Ductility decreases or a body centered cubic crystal structure.
D. annealing reduces the hardness of a C. Grains become equi-axed D. Both lead and cadmium have a
metal D. Tensile strength increases hexagonal close-packed crystal structure.
39. Which of the following statement is 44. Which of the following affects most 51. Past ME Board Question
false? of the electrical and thermal Cutting lubricant used in drilling
A. there is considerable increase in the properties of materials? reaming, and tapping for brass and
hardness and the strength of a cold-worked A. the atomic weight expressed in bronze.
metal grams per gram atom A. Dry
B. cold-working a metal significantly B. the electrons, particularly the B. Soda water
reduces its ductility outermost ones C. Soluble oil
C. cold-working causes a slight C. the magnitude of electrical charge of D. Turpentine
decrease in the density and electrical the protons 52. Past ME Board Question
conductivity of a metal D. the weight of the atoms Type of bolt commonly used in the
D. cold work decreases the yield 45. Which of the following is not a construction that is threaded in both
point as well as the strength and method of non-destructive testing of ends.
hardness of the metal steel casting and forgings? A. Acme threaded bolts
40. Which of the following correctly A. radiography B. Hex bolt
describes atoms located at grain B. ultrasonic C. Square threaded
boundaries? C. magnetic particle D. Stud bolt
A. they are subjected to the same type D. chemical analysis 53. Past ME Board Question
of inter atomic forces that are presented in 46. Compressive strength of fully cured Forces that meet a common point
the interior atoms of the crystals concrete is most directly related to: are called:
A. sand-gravel
96

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. Co-linear 61. Past ME Board Question B. dies casting
B. Concurrent A furnace used in melting non-ferrous C. injection molding
C. Coplanar metals called. D. shell molding
D. Couple A. crucible furnace 68. Past ME Board Question
54. Past ME Board Question B. cupola furnace The hardness of steel increase if it
Dynamic seals are also known as C. induction furnace contains:
A. Gasket D. tempering furnace A. austenite
B. Packing 62. Past ME Board Question B. copper
C. Seal Which of the following elements when C. pearlite
D. Shield large quantity is harmful to the ferrous D. martensite
55. Past ME Board Question metal? 69. Past ME Board Question
The material for engine radiation is A. aluminum Which one is different from the
usually made of: B. silicon remaining?
A. Admiralty brass C. sulphur A. cyaniding
B. Navy brass D. zinc B. electroplating
C. Silicon brass 63. Past ME Board Question C. flame hardening
D. Yellow brass SAE metal that responds to heat D. nitriding
56. Past ME Board Question treatment: 70. Past ME Board Question
Mirror finish has surfaces fitness of A. SAE 1117 An engineer’s hammer is made of:
rms. B. SAE 1060 A. cast iron
A. 1 B.1 to 3 C. 2 to 5 D. C. SAE 1030 B. B forged steel
2 to 8 D. SAE 1020 C. high speed steel
57. Past Me Board Question 64. Past ME Board Question D. mild steel
Non- metallic material of high An iron in which most of the carbon is 71. Past ME Board Question
melting temperature being used as chemically combined with the iron Ductile fracture is characterized by:
furnace lining is called: called: A. appreciable plastic
A. Dolomite clay bricks A. cast iron deformation prior to
B. Quartz bricks B. gray iron propagation of crack
C. Refractories C. malleable iron B. fragmentation into more than
D. Silica sand D. white iron two pieces
58. Past ME Board Question 65. Past ME Board Question C. negligible deformation
In greater quantity, this element is Material, usually ceramics employed D. rapid rate for crack propagation
harmful to the molten ferrous metal. where resistance to very high 72. Past ME Board Question
A.Aluminum B. oxides C. silicon temperature is required as for furnace A scriber is made of:
D. sulfur linings and metal melting pots called: A. carbon steel
59. Past ME Board Question A. bricks B. cold rolled steel
What is the SAE specification B. clay C. hot rolled steel
number of molybdenum? C. insulator D. tool steel
A. SAE 2XXX D. refractories 73. Past ME Board Question
B. SAE 3XXX 66. Past ME Board Question Knurling is done to:
C. SAE 4XXX Polyesters belong to the group of: A. polish material
D. SAE 5XXX A. phenolics B. roughen material
60. Past ME Board Question B. Teflon C. sharpen the material
Which of the following is not a structural C. thermoplastic plastics D. smooth material
class of steel? D. thermosetting plastics 74. Past ME Board Question
A. high carbon 67. Past ME Board Question Non-metallic materials of high melting
B. high speed steel The process commonly used over temperature used in the construction of
C. low carbon thermo plastic material is: furnaces, crucibles and so forth are
D. tool and die A. cold forming called:
97

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. ceramics The distance between the crest and the A. K Monel
B. grate base of the thread measured B. Monel
C. insulators perpendicular to the axis. C. inconel
D. refractories A. axis of thread D. inconel
75. Past ME Board Question B. depth of engagement 87. Past ME Board Question
It is a process by which a hot plastic C. depth of thread Trimming is a process associated with?
metal is made to flow into dies by the D. length of engagement A. electroplating
application of sudden blows to the 81. Past ME Board Question B. forging
material. Name of mechanism, which a welding C. machining of metals
A. drop forging operator holds during gas welding and at D. press work
B. extrusion the end of which the gases are burned to 88. Past ME Board Question
C. machine forging perform the various gas welding Foundry crucible is made of?
D. press forging operation. A. German silver
76. Past ME Board Question A. hose B. graphite
It is one in which specimen, supported at B. gage C. lead
both ends as a simple beam, and is C. switch D. mild steel
broken by the impact strength of the D. torch 89. Past ME Board Question
metal. 82. Past ME Board Question A twist drill is specified by
A. charpy test A hand tool used to measure engine A. its diameter and lip angle
B. izod test crank web deflection. B. it shank and diameter
C. Rockwell test A. compound gage C. shank, material and
D. universal test B. dial gage diameter
77. Past ME Board Question C. distortion gage D. shank, material and flute size
An operation to make smaller hole in D. feeler gage 90. Past ME Board Question
exact center for lathe center 83. Past ME Board Question Select the one that is gear finishing
A. broaching It is used for cutting long pieces of process.
B. central drilling metals. A. gear hobbling
C. counter boring A. broaching machine B. gear milling
D. reaming B. planer C. gear shaping
78. Past ME Board Question C. power saw D. gear shaving
It is a process of cleaning the face of D. shaper 91. Past ME Board Question
grinding wheel by means of a dresser for 84. Past ME Board Question Broaching operation is generally used in
removing the glazing and loading of It is used to true and align machine automobile industry as:
wheel and to improve the cutting action tools, fixtures and works. A. it is a mass production machine
of a wheel. A. dial gage B. it is an automatic machine
A. dressing B. dial indicator C. operation is completed in one
B. lapping C. feeler gage stroke
C. polishing D. radial indicator D. semi-skilled operators can be
D. truing 85. Past ME Board Question employed
79. Past ME Board Question In cranes and other hoisting equipment 92. Which statement about area
A consist of a slide and a operating rules, how many whistle moment of inertia is false?
swivel vise mounted on the compound signals are required to lower the boom? A. I = ∫ d² ( dA )
rest in place of the toll post. A. Five short blasts B. the area moment of inertia
A. grinding attachment B. Two short blasts arises whenever the magnitude
B. milling attachment C. Three short blasts of the surface forces varies
C. reaming attachment D. Four short blasts linearly with distance
D. relieving attachment 86. Past ME Board Question C. the moment of inertia of a large
80. Past ME Board Question Which of the following material has 66% area is equal to the summation
nickel, 29% copper and 3% aluminum?
98

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 of the inertia of the smaller A. air entrained is recommended class of materials known as glasses.
areas within the large area. when concrete is severe frost D. Most metals are strong, ductile, and
D. the area closest to the axis of action malleable. In general, they are
interest is the most significant B. with air entrainment, the heavier than most other substances.
93. Which of the following affects most quantity of water to produce a 3. Which of the following is not a
of the electrical and thermal given consistency (slump) is viscoelastic material?
properties of materials? reduced A. Plastic
A. The atomic weight expressed in C. with air entrainment, the B. Rubber
grams per gram atom. quantity of water to produce a C. Metal
B. the electrons, particularly the specified 28 day compressive D. Glass
outermost ones strength is reduced 4. In molecules of the same composition,
C. the magnitude of electrical D. air entrainment reduces what are variations of atomic
charge of the protons resistance to the freeze-thaw arrangements known as?
D. the weight of the atoms that occurs when salt is used to A. Polymers
94. Which of the following is not a melt ice or snow B. Monomers
method of non destructive testing of 100. In the design of a reinforced C. Isomers
steel castings and forgings? concrete structure, tensile strength D. Crystal system
A. radiography of the concrete is normally: 5. What is the atomic packing factor for a
B. ultrasonic A. assumed to be 1/10 of the 28- simple cubic crystal?
C. magnetic particle day compressive strength A. 0.48
D. chemical analysis B. determined by beam test B. 0.52
95. compressive strength of fully cured C. neglected C. 0.75
concrete is most directly related to: D. assumed to be 200 psi D. 0.58
A. sand-gravel 6. Which of the following statements is
B. aggregate gradation false?
C. water-cement ratio A. Both copper and aluminum have a
D. absolute volume of cement face-centered crystal structures.
96. According to the ACI code, the B. Both magnesium and zinc have a
modular ratio, n, of structural ELEMENTS 20
1. All of the following groups of plastics are hexagonal close-packed crystal
concrete with a 28- day ultimate structure.
compressive strength, fc, of 3000 is thermoplastic, EXCEPT:
A. Polyvinylchloride (PVC) and polyvinyl C. Iron can have either a face-centered
nearest to: or a body-centered cubic crystal
A. 7 B. 6 C. 9 D. 10 acetate
B. Polyethylene, polypropylene, and structure.
97. What are valence electrons? D. Both lead and cadmium have a
A. the outer shell electrons polysterene
C. Tetrafluoroethylene (Teflon, and hexagonal close-packed crystal
B. electrons with positive charge structure.
C. the electrons of the complete other fluorocarbons)
D. Phenolics, melamine and epoxy 7. Which crystal structure possesses the
quantum shells highest number of close-packed planes
D. the K- quantum shell electrons 2. Which of the following statements is
false? and close-packed direction?
98. What is the strong bond between A. Simple cubic
hydrogen atoms known as? A. Ceramics are inorganic-nonmetallic
solids that are processed or used at B. Face-centered cubic
A. the ionic bond C. Body-centered
B. the metallic bond high temperature.
B. Metals are chemical elements that D. Close-packed hexagonal
C. ionic and metallic bond 8. What are most common slip planes for
D. the covalent bond form substances that are opaque,
lustrous, and good conductors of face-centered cubic and body-centered
99. all of the following statements about cubic structures, respectively?
air entrained concrete are correct, heat and electricity.
C. Oxides, carbides, and nitrides are A. Face-centered: (111), body-
EXCEPT: centered: (110)
considered to be within the
99

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. Face-centered: (100), body-centered: C. Indeterminate B. Unsupported length to its maximum
(110) D. Zero radius of gyration
C. Face-centered: (110), body-centered: 15. The mass moment of inertia of a cylinder C. Length to its moment of inertia
(111) about its central axis perpendicular to a D. Unsupported length to its least
D. Face-centered: (111), body-centered: circular cross section is: radius of gyration
(100) A. Directly proportional to its radius 22. The relationship between the extension
9. Entrance losses between tank and pipe B. Independent of its radius of a spring and the force required to
or losses through elbows, fittings and C. Directly proportional to its produce the extension is:
valves are generally expressed as length A. F= ma
functions of: D. Independent of its length B. F= µN
A. Kinetic energy 16. How many independent properties are C. F= mv²/ R
B. Friction factor required to completely fix the D. F= kx
C. Pipe diameter equilibrium state of a pure gaseous 23. The linear portion of the stress-strain
D. Volume flow rate compound? diagram of steel is known as the:
10. With regard to corrosion of metals, A. 0 A. Modulus of elongation
passivation is the process that: B. 2 B. Plastic range
A. Intensifies deterioration temporarily C. 1 C. Irreversible range
B. Inhibits further deterioration D. 3 D. Elastic range
C. Changes the composition of the 17. The moment of inertia of any plane 24. Principal stresses occur on those planes:
metal figure can be expressed in units of A. Where the shearing stress is
D. Alter the grain size of the metal length to the: zero
11. How are lines of constant pressure in a A. First power B. Which are 45 degrees apart
fluid related to the force field? B. Second power C. Where the shearing is a maximum
A. They are parallel to the force field. C. Third power D. Which are subjected only to tension
B. They are perpendicular to the D. Fourth power 25. The ratio of the moment inertia of the
force field. 18. The vector which represents the sum of cross section of a beam to the section
C. They are at 45° angles to the force a group of force vectors is called the: modulus is:
field. A. Magnitude A. Equal to the radius of gyration
D. They are perpendicular only to the B. Resultant B. Equal to the area of the cross
force of gravity. C. Sum section
12. What are the units of Reynolds number D. Phase angle C. A measure of distance
of pipe flow? 19. Which of the following is not a vector D. Multiplied by the bending moment to
A. m/s quantity? determine the stress
B. lbm/ft-sec² A. Velocity 26. When an air entertainment agent is
C. ft²/sec B. Speed introduced into a concrete mix:
D. none of the above C. Acceleration A. The strength will increase
13. For fully developed laminar flow of fluids D. Displacement B. The strength will decrease
through pipes, the average velocity is 20. The stress in an elastic material is: C. The strength will not be affected
what fraction of the maximum velocity in A. Inversely proportional to the D. The water/ cement ratio must be
the pipe? material’s yield strength reduced from 10-15%
A. 1/8 B. Inversely proportional to the force 27. Structural steel elements subjected to
B. 1/2 acting torsion develop:
C. 1/4 C. Proportional to the displacement A. Tensile stress
D. 3/4 of the material acted upon by B. Compressive stress
14. For a system to be n equilibrium, the the force C. Shearing stress
sum of the external forces acting on the D. Inversely proportional to the strain D. Bending stress
system must be: 21. The “SLENDERNESS RATIO” of a column 28. The deflection of a beam is:
A. Equal to unity is generally defined as the ratio of its: A. Directly proportional to the modulus
B. A maximum A. Length to its minimum width of elasticity and moment of inertia
100

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 B. Inversely proportional to the D. Is the ratio of the maximum 39. In a long column (slenderness ratio>160
modulus of elasticity and length of stress produced in a cross which of the following has the greatest
the beam cubed] section to the average stress influence on its tendency to buckle
C. Inversely proportional to the over the section under a compressive load.
modulus of elasticity and 34. Poisson’s Ratio is the ratio of the: A. The modulus of elasticity of the
moment of inertia A. Unit lateral deformation to the unit material
D. Inversely proportional to the weight longitudinal deformation B. The compressive strength of the
and length B. Unit stress to unit strain material
29. The differential of the shear equation is C. Shear strain to compressive strain C. The radius of gyration of the column
which one of the following: D. Elastic limit to proportional limit D. The length of the column
A. Load on the beam 35. Hooke’s Law for an isotropic 40. The area of the shear diagram of a beam
B. Tensile strength of beam homogeneous medium experiencing on- between any two points on the beam is
C. Bending moment of the beam dimensional stress is: equal to the:
D. Slope of the elastic curve A. Stress= E (strain) A. Change in shear between the two
30. A vertically loaded beam, fixed at one B. (Force)(area)= (change in length)/ points
end and simply supported at the other is (length) B. Total shear beyond the two points
indeterminate to what degree? C. Strain= E (stress) C. Average moment between the two
A. First D. Force/Area= length/ change in point
B. Second length D. Change in moment between the two
C. Third 36. The modulus of rigidity of a steel points
D. Fourth member is: 41. Poisson’s ratio is principally used in:
31. A thin walled pressurized vessel consists A. A function of the length and depth A. The determination of the capability
of a right circular cylinder with flat ends. B. Defined as the unit shear stress of a material for being shaped
Midway between the ends, the stress is divided by the unit shear B. The determination of capacity of a
greatest in what direction? deformation material
A. Longitudinal C. Equal to the modulus of elasticity C. Stress- strain relationships where
B. Circumferential divided by one plus Poisson’s ratio stresses are applied in more than
C. Radial D. Defined as the length divided by the one direction
D. At an angle 45° to the longitudinal moment of inertia D. The determination of the modulus
and circumferential direction 37. A thin homogeneous metallic plate of toughness
32. The bending moment at a section of a containing a hole is heated sufficiently 42. Young’s modulus of elasticity for a
beam is derived from the: to cause expansion. If the coefficient of material can be calculated indirectly
A. Sum of the moments of all surface expansion is linear, the area of from which of the following properties of
external forces on one side of the the hole will: the material?
section A. Increase at twice the rate, the area A. Temperature coefficient of
B. Difference between the moments on of the metal increases expansion and dielectric constant
the side of the section and the B. Increase at the same rate as the B. Temperature coefficient of
opposite side area of the metal increases expansion and specific heat
C. Sum of the moments of all external C. Decrease at twice the rate as the C. Density and velocity of sound in the
forces on both sides of the section area of the metal increases material
D. Sum of the moments of all external D. Decrease at the same rate as the D. Density and inter- atomic spacing in
forces between supports area of the metal increases the material
33. The stress concentration factor: 38. The linear portion of the stress- strain 43. . Which of the following is the definition
A. Is a ratio of the average stress on a diagram of steel is known as the: of Joule?
section to the allowable stress A. Modulus of elasticity A. A unit of power
B. Cannot be evaluated for brittle B. Irreversible range B. A kg m/s²
materials C. Plastic range C. A Newton meter
C. Is the ratio of areas involved in an D. Elastic range D. A rate of change of energy
sudden change of cross section
101

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

44. Which of the following metals has the B. Power and time B. Knoop
highest specific heat capacity at 100°C? C. Torque and angular rotation C. Rockwell
A. Aluminum D. Force and time D. Mendeleev
B. Copper 52. What is the combination of one or more 59. What physical property of a material
C. Bismuth metals with a nonmetallic element? that refers to the point at which a
D. Iron A. Metalloid material liquefies on heating or solidifies
45. Which of the following is a member of B. Matrix composite on cooling?
the halogen family? C. Inert A. Melting point
A. Sodium D. Ceramic B. Curie point
B. Hydrogen chloride 53. What do you call an atom that has lost C. Refractive index
C. Fluorine or gain an electron? D. Specific heat
D. Phosphorus A. Ion 60. What physical property of a material
46. Which of the following metals is the best B. Cation that refers to the temperature at which
heat conductor? C. Hole ferromagnetic materials can no longer
A. Aluminum D. Neutron be magnetized by outside forces?
B. Gold 54. Polymer comes from Greek words “poly” A. Melting point
C. Copper which means “many” and “meros” which B. Thermal conductivity
D. Silver means . C. Thermal expansion
47. When exposed to the atmosphere, which A. Metal D. Curie point
of the following liquids is coldest? B. Material 61. What is the ratio of the velocity of light
A. Oxygen C. Part in a vacuum to its velocity in another
B. Nitrogen D. Plastic material?
C. Argon 55. The engineering materials known as A. Refractive index
D. Helium “plastics” are more correctly called B. Poisson ratio
48. Power may be expressed in units of: . C. Density
A. ft-lbs A. Polyvinyl chloride D. Mach number
B. HP- hours B. Polymers 62. What physical property of a material
C. BTU/hr C. Polyethylene refers to the amount of weight gain (%)
D. kw-hours D. Mers experienced in a polymer after
49. Which of the following is not a unit of 56. What is a combination of two or more immersion in water for a specified length
work? materials that has properties that the of time under a controlled environment?
A. N.m components materials do not have by A. Dielectric strength
B. kg.m²/s² themselves? B. Electric resistivity
C. erg A. Compound C. Water absorption
D. dyne B. Composite D. Thermal conductivity
50. Which of the following statement about C. Mixture 63. What physical property of a material
entropy is FALSE? D. Matrix that refers to the rate of heat flow per
A. Entropy of a mixture is greater than 57. What is a reference sheet for the unit time in a homogeneous material
that of its components under the elements that can be used to form under steady-state conditions, per unit
same conditions. engineering materials? area, per unit temperature gradient in a
B. An irreversible process increases A. Periodic table direction perpendicular to area?
entropy of the universe. B. Truth table A. Thermal expansion
C. Entropy has the units of heat C. Building blocks of Materials B. Thermal conductivity
capacity. D. Structure of Materials C. Heat distortion
D. Entropy of a crystal at 0°F is 58. Who has been accepted as the author of D. Water absorption
zero. the periodic table which was developed 64. What is the absolute value of the ratio of
51. Work or energy can be a function of all by chemists in the mid-nineteenth the transverse strain to the
of the following EXCEPT: century? corresponding axial strain in a body
A. Force and distance A. Vickers subjected to an axial stress?
102

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. Poisson’s ratio A. 10mm ball D. Cross-linking
B. Euler’s ratio B. 120° diamond (brale) 77. What is the generic name of a class of
C. Refractive index C. 1.6 mm diameter ball polymer which is commercially known as
D. Dielectric index D. 20° needle “nylon”?
65. What physical property of a material 71. What parameter is defined as the A. Polyacetals
refers to the highest potential difference temperature at which the toughness of B. Polyamide
(voltage) that an insulating material of the material drops below some C. Cellulose
given thickness can withstand for a predetermined value, usually 15 ft-lb? D. Polyester
specified time without occurrence of A. Nil ductility temperature 78. By definition, a rubber is a substance
electrical breakdown through its bulk? B. Curie temperature that has at least elongation in
A. Thermal expansion C. Thermal conductivity tensile test and is capable of returning
B. Conductivity D. Heat distortion temperature rapidly and forcibly to its original
C. Dielectric strength 72. What is obtained by repeatedly loading a dimensions when load is removed.
D. Electrical resistivity specimen at given stress levels until it A. 100%
66. What physical property of a material fails? B. 150%
refers to the ratio of the amount of heat A. Elastic limit C. 200%
required to raise the temperature of a B. Endurance limit or fatigue D. 250%
unit mass of a substance 1 degree to the strength of material 79. What is a method of forming polymer
heat required to raise the same mass of C. Creep sheets or films into three-dimensional
water to 1 degree? D. All of the choices shapes, in which the sheet is clamped on
A. Specific heat 73. What dimensional property of a material the edge, heated until it softens and
B. Latent heat refers to the deviation from edge sags, drawn in contact with the mold by
C. Heat of fusion straightness? vacuum, and cooled while still in contact
D. Heat of fission A. Lay with the mold?
67. What physical property of a material B. Out of flat A. Calendering
refers to the temperature at which a C. Camber B. Blow molding
polymer under a specified load shows a D. Waviness C. Thermoforming
specified amount of deflection? 74. What dimensional property of a material D. Solid phase forming
A. Curie temperature refers to a wavelike variation from a 80. What is a process of forming continuous
B. Specific heat perfect surface, generally much wider in shapes by forcing a molten polymer
C. Heat distortion temperature spacing and higher in amplitude than through a metal die?
D. Thermal conductivity surface roughness? A. Calendering
68. What mechanical property of a material A. Lay B. Thermoforming
refers to the nominal stress at fracture in B. Waviness C. Lithography
a tension test at constant load and C. Surface finish D. Extrusion
constant temperature? D. Out of flat 81. What chemical property of a material
A. Creep strength 75. Wood is composed of chains of cellulose which refers to its ability to resist
B. Stress rapture strength molecules bonded together by another deterioration by chemical or
C. Compressive yield strength natural polymer called . electrochemical reactions with
D. Hardness A. Plastic environment?
69. What mechanical property of a material B. Lignin A. Stereo specificity
refers to the resistance to plastic C. Mer B. Corrosion resistance
deformation? D. Additive C. Conductivity
A. Rigidity 76. What is a polymer production process D. Electrical resistance
B. Plasticity that involves forming a polymer chain 82. What refers to the tendency for
C. Ductility containing two different monomers? polymers and molecular materials to
D. Hardness A. Copolymerization form with an ordered, spatial, three-
70. What typical penetrator is used in Brinell B. Blending dimensional arrangement of monomer
hardness test? C. Alloying molecules?
103

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 A. Stereo specificity D. Rupture 97. Which of the following materials have
B. Conductivity 90. In tensile testing, the increase in the very high permeabilities?
C. Retentivity gage length measured after the A. Paramagnetic materials
D. Spatial configuration specimen fractures within the gage B. Non-magnetic materials
83. What is the ratio of the maximum load in length is called . C. Ferromagnetic materials
a tension test to the original cross- A. Percent elongation D. Diamagnetic materials
sectional area of the test bar? B. Creep 98. What is defined by ASTM as a material
A. Tensile strength C. Elasticity that contains as an essential ingredient
B. Yield strength D. Elongation an organic substance of large molecular
C. Shear strength 91. What is the resistance of a material weight, is solid in its finished state, and
D. Flexural strength to plastic deformation? at some stage in its manufactured or in
84. What is the ratio of stress to strain in a A. Hardness its processing into finished articles, can
material loaded within its elastic range? B. Stiffness be shaped by flow?
A. Poisson’s ratio C. Creepage A. Metal
B. Refractive index D. Rigidity B. Metalloid
C. Modulus of elasticity 92. What is the maximum stress below C. Plastic
D. Percent elongation which a material can theoretically D. Ceramic
85. What is a measure of rigidity? endure an infinite number of stress 99. Some polymetric materials such as
A. Stiffness cycles? epoxies are formed by strong primary
B. Hardness A. Endurance state chemical bonds called .
C. Strength B. Endurance test A. Metallic bond
D. Modulus of elasticity C. Endurance limit B. Vander Waals bond
86. The greatest stress which a material is D. Endurance strength C. Cross linking
capable of withstanding without a 93. What is a substance that attracts piece D. Covalent bond
deviation from acceptable of stress to of iron? 100. What do you call a polymer without
strain is called . A. Conductor additives and without bending with
A. Elongation B. Semiconductor another polymer?
B. Proportional limit C. Magnet A. Homopolymer
C. Yield point D. All of the choices B. Ethenic polymer
D. Elastic limit 94. Which of the following is a natural C. Polyethylene
87. What refers to the stress at which a magnet? D. Copolymer
material exhibits a specified deviation A. Steel 101. Steels that are used for axles, gears,
from proportionality of stress and strain? B. Magnesia and similar parts are requiring medium
A. Tensile strength C. Lodestone to high hardness and high strength are
B. Shear strength D. Soft iron known as?
C. Yield strength 95. Which of the following materials has A. Medium – carbon steels
D. Flexural strength permeability slightly less than that of B. Very high – carbon steels
88. What is the amount of energy required free space? C. Low – carbon steels
to fracture a given volume of material? A. Paramagnetic materials D. High – carbon steels
A. Impact strength B. Non-magnetic materials 102. What method used to determine the
B. Endurance limit C. Ferromagnetic materials reactions on continuous beams?
C. Creep strength D. Diamagnetic materials A. Two-moment equations
D. Stress rupture strength 96. What materials has permeabilities B. Three-moment equations
89. What mechanical property of material slighter greater than that of free space? C. Second moment equations
which is a time-dependent permanent A. Paramagnetic materials D. Third moment equations
strain under stress? B. Non-magnetic materials 103. Which of the following is the
A. Elongation C. Ferromagnetic materials measure of torsional stress?
B. Elasticity D. Diamagnetic materials A. Accuracy
C. Creep B. Rigidity
104

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)

 C. Stiffness
D. Rigidity
104. It is a type of coil where the helical
coil is wrapped into a circle forming an
annual ring.
A. Volute spring
B. Hair spring
C. Motor spring
D. Garter spring
105. What type of compound screw which
produces a motion equal to the
difference in motion between the two
component screws?
A. Machine Screw
B. Tanden Screw
C. Differential Screw
D. Variable Screw

105

Downloaded by Aquino, Dranreb Kim (dranrebkimvryle@gmail.com)